Messages of Encouragement 2008-2009
This is the archive of MoE postings 2008 and 2009. To see current/recent postings please click here.
Please note that the earliest postings start at the top and proceed in chronological order to the end of 2009 at the bottom.
May you be helped and inspired by the postings below.
Please scroll to the bottom to see the most recent posting
January 2nd 2008
On Monday this week, as I took my walk in the hills, I said to the Master Jesus, “Why did you take the route of incarnating through an Earthly mother, the illusory, ego-made mechanism for manifesting in ego’s illusory realm, when you could have simply created the appearance of a body, just as Arten and Pursah did for their appearances to Gary Renard?”
He immediately spoke in response, with the obvious answer (aren’t answers always so obvious once we have them, even though they are invisible until then?):
So I could overcome from within egoland, and could demonstrate to my brethren still under its yoke that it is possible.
He continued speaking but I asked if we could wait until I had returned to my desk, so that I could write the rest of his reply. Being the perfect gentleman, he of course agreed, and an hour or so later he carried on:
Overcoming appears to be hard, and most in the dream world perceive it as impossible for them; that it is possible only for ‘exalted,’ ‘special,’ ‘highly favoured’ beings, without wondering how such perceived beings attained to this ‘status’. This is, of course, not so, for if one can overcome, all can overcome, since we who appear in the dream as many are, as you well now know, in truth, one.
All appearances to the contrary are misperception, which I am empowered to correct for all my beloveds, so that we may be restored to oneness in Papa, as each becomes ready and willing to freely receive the At-onement (See Message of Encouragement dated December 20th 2006).
This empowerment is available to all because it is the birthright of all. And all who are willing to receive it shall receive it, even though they may have mistakenly believed they disinherited themselves. It takes commitment; one-pointed commitment to the truth about themselves, to the exclusion of the lies of guilt and sin and fear. Such commitment comes from perceiving at first what may be but a tiny fragment of truth, and holding fast to it with the certainty that comes only from one’s own within.
You, my beloved, came into the world with such a level of commitment, engendered by events chosen by you in a former time, though awareness of such was withheld from you until the moment was right, when you drew into your presence your beloved mentor (Olga Park); the keeper for you of the door that opens unto the Light of Eternity; she who patiently awaited your presence, so that she could instruct you in the Way of inner quietness and attunement. It is this one-pointed commitment that has brought you to this place in your remembrance, your awakening, by your faithful following of my leading. And it has been my joy to lead you. You have sought first the Kingdom of Heaven and all else has indeed been given you.
All are free to choose such one-pointed commitment to getting Home with minimal delay, though only few will so choose immediately. It matters not; have no concern over this, for all are well within my care. Nevertheless, my faithful friend, I have chosen you to sow a seed, a kernel of truth, that it may lie dormant within their hearts, until it germinates and grows at the season of their readiness. All will come to this according to the hour appointed aforetime for them, just as it came to me. Then comes the moment of Self-assessment (for Papa tests no man) for the chosen task ahead, each according to the path thus far travelled. As with all, my path was of my own choosing,for in Heaven there is no compulsion. (This clearly tells us that he was not sent by God to be His once and for all blood sacrifice for the 'sins of the world'.)
I so longed to save my beloved brethren that I had to come and experience their condition and overcome it from the desire of my own within. This is why I went alone into the wilderness, for my final confrontation with the 'enemy' – ego – that I might be sure of my readiness to choose the Way of Eternity and not the path of expediency. Ego knew very well how great was my desire for the Kingdom to be restored to the awareness of the little ones of Earth-mind misperception.
I was faced with the choice of establishing an Earthly kingdom of peace and righteousness there and then (so great was my desire to hasten the Kingdom for my beloveds, for so great was their distress). But I had seen, and knew, that this could not last, from the example of my brothers, David and Solomon, because it was not free choice for all, so had to run its course and come to the end of its time and place cycle, ending in further separation. The same would have inevitably happened again, regardless of the mechanisms that could have been set in place in attempting to counter such backsliding. I knew then, as you know now, that the Kingdom of Heaven is within, and that is the only place from which it can truly, lastingly, eternally come to the awareness of all; until we are, once more, one.
Whilst from within the illusion of time and place it was the greatest Self-assessment available to me (because of my earnest desire for my brethren), but because I had remembered my Identity as One with Papa, it was, in reality, no test at all; yet I had to be certain with all the certainty of experiencing the opportunity to transform adversity into fulfilment, because I had come to overcome, so that I could be the Way-shower for all in overcoming. So has it been for you, that the Self-assessment has been no test at all, because under my leadership you were lovingly and gently prepared – made ready – for it, and the timing was perfect, just as it must, and shall, always be for all.
Love is the only way there is; total, unconditional love, and knowledge of its certainty, regardless of any temporal appearances to the contrary. So, my beloved, take heart; take strength from the certainty that all is well, all fulfilment is assured. Because I have overcome, all shall overcome and all truth and righteousness is already accomplished.
Ego has those of us who toil under its spell convinced that by making our life a one-pointed commitment to the Kingdom of Heaven we are giving up something, and in a realm where apparent scarcity already causes more than enough fear, anguish and mayhem, to voluntarily give up something more (whatever little we may appear to have in time and place) has us thinking it seems like a bad idea. Jesus reminds us in ACIM as follows, which can help to set us back on the path of right thinking:
The ego is trying to teach you how to gain the whole world and lose your own soul. The Holy Spirit teaches that you cannot lose your soul and there is no gain in the world, for of itself it profits nothing. To invest without profit is surely to impoverish yourself, and the overhead is high. Not only is there no profit in the investment, but the cost to you is enormous. For this investment costs you the world’s reality by denying yours, and gives you nothing in return. You cannot sell your soul, but you can sell your awareness of it. You cannot perceive your soul, but you will not know it while you perceive something else as more valuable.
The Holy Spirit is your strength because He knows nothing but the spirit as you. He is perfectly aware that you do not know yourself, and perfectly aware of how to teach you to remember what you are. Because He loves you, He will gladly teach you what He loves, for He wills to share it. Remembering you always, He cannot let you forget your worth. For the Father never ceases to remind Him of His Son, and He never ceases to remind His Son of the Father. God is in your memory because of Him. You chose to forget your Father but you do not really want to do so, and therefore you can decide otherwise. As it was my decision, so is it yours.
(T-12 VI. 1-2. My emboldening, for emphasis).
The Great Rescue Programme (GRP) continues to unfold unceasingly and bring our moment of awakening ever closer. Every occasion or event on which we choose to co-operate with this Process (such as in practising true forgiveness, expressing Love, understanding and compassion), thereby helping the Holy Spirit (which is one and the same as our own higher, big, true, Christ Self) to collapse time, we thus bring that moment forward. And we are positively, actively contributing to ever greater joy, peace, love and happiness for ourself and our fellows while we wait.
Here’s to a truly happy New Year!
January 9th 2008
At the beginning of the last Vignette in SFGS (entitled “The Master in bedrock hell fastening the escape ladder to the floor”) it says:
1This wondrous experience/event can best be described by copying the record of it from two successive Communion services in early 1997:
Holy Communion February 16, 1997
2At the beginning I saw a ladder/stairway stretching from highest Heaven to darkest, deepest ‘hell.’ It disappeared out of vision into the light above and the darkness below. Our Communion Sanctuary was like a ‘staging post’ about halfway up the ladder. I felt as if the words concerning the Lord’s eternalness and His great God-mission for all mankind were being broadcast down to all levels and, as if we were an amplifying/relaying station, via what we do and our commitment, into the depths below.
3Later I saw the Master, at ‘bedrock’ of Hades (after his death on the Cross and descent into hell). He had his right knee on the ground and the other knee up by his shoulder, in the absolute darkness of this place. I could see him and what he was doing because he was radiating light from his own within. He looked just as he would have looked as the Galilean carpenter in the long ago. There was no indication of any effects from the brutal torture and execution he had just experienced. He was securely fixing the base of the stairway to a solid, black-as-coal rock floor with large nuts threaded on to sturdy studs set into the floor. It was clear that this fastening was intended to stay and would be immovable by an enemy once he had completed his task. It was also clear that this man knew exactly what he was doing and was working with the ease and accomplishment of great experience in his trade.
4He looked up at me standing close by watching him in amazement, smiled quizzically as if to say, ‘Why are you looking puzzled to see me doing this?’ and then actually said, “I was a carpenter!”
5Master, I love you and I rejoice at this revelation.
The third and fourth sentences of paragraph two (above) say:
Our Communion Sanctuary was like a ‘staging post’ about halfway up the ladder. I felt as if the words concerning the Lord’s eternalness and His great God-mission for all mankind were being broadcast down to all levels and, as if we were an amplifying/relaying station, via what we do and our commitment, into the depths below.
Then, later on, in paragraph 15 it says:
Our sanctuary of Mystical Communion with Christ was placed on a circular platform through which the ladder passed on its way up to Heaven. The Angels I saw were not descending and ascending using the ladder (as in the Jacob’s ladder narrative) but were flying around the ladder, guarding or watching over the souls who were, in response to our broadcast invitation (in the Lord’s name) from the staging post, beginning the long ascent from the bottom of the ladder. It was one-way traffic only: up!
Every detail of a vision such as this is for a purpose; to tell the person experiencing the vision (and others) something particular. For over 10 years I have pondered the meaning of the communion sanctuary being about half way between Heaven and hell, and why the escape ladder passed through it on its way up to Heaven. Now I have the answer. Here goes.
As we all now know, we are eternal, indestructible spirit, created with all the attributes of the Creator. However, we are at free will to believe whatever we choose and in the illusion known as the separation, everything is perceived as upside-down; the exact opposite of our true nature and our true Home. So, we perceive ourselves as limited, separated into billions of individuals, stuck in a body that is destined to die. We have believed this since the beginning of time, otherwise known as the beginning of the separation, so for us, deluded by the misperceptions of ego-dominated mind it has the appearance of truth, so it is ‘truth’ for us – until we awaken and see it for the illusion that it really is. Jesus told us this 2k years ago but we have still not fully ‘got’ it; but that is all according to plan – the GRP – and during the third measure of meal we will be gradually getting it, so that by the end of the Aquarian age we will have all got it and returned to the Oneness of the Sonship in Eternity with Papa, having remembered the truth that we do not die (because we are not a body any more than a chrysalis is a butterfly).
Meanwhile, we still believe we are a body and that, assuredly, ‘dies.’ Then the false beliefs most of us (who have - either now or in previous acts - come under the sway of the so-called Christian church) have held about our soul say that we will go to hell if we have fallen short of the mark (sinned) in the sight of the vengeful god of religion and not accepted in our heart and spoken with our mouth that Jesus died as the propitiation for our sins (regardless of whether we have ever even heard of Jesus!) Hell, in our perception, can be anywhere from a place of burning brimstone, with fire consuming and tormenting us eternally, or a place of ‘outer darkness,’ or some dark and dismal, barren wasteland, depending on our individual imagination. All have in common one property: hopelessness.
Those who do not accept such fear-engendering prospects, because they have rejected them and the religious/cultural mythology that promulgated them, or perhaps have never heard such myths but still have no knowledge of, commitment to, or enlightenment about Eternity/Heaven, are likely to enter a somewhat more pleasant state of awareness in the etheric realms that are the counterpart of the Earth ‘physical.’ Some people refer to this as ‘The Summerland’ because it is comfortable, there is no duress and the sun shines warm and bright.
But there is no opportunity for progress from anywhere between the Summerland and the hottest or darkest hell, and because of unconscious guilt – actually caused by the belief that we are separated from God but taking the symbolic form of unresolved karma, all such souls eventually have an irresistible compulsion to reincarnate, to create conditions for the healing of relationships broken throughout repeated incarnations. This is not understood by almost all of humanity, but the process of repeating the opportunities, albeit in differing circumstances, is automatic and inescapable, until we finally become fully enlightened, remember the Truth of Eternity and break the cycle of birth and death, returning to our true Home forever.
Now, the rescue of humanity – the Sonship – from any of the unenlightened places as described above can only happen in stages or degrees because the Truth of Eternity is too big a step to take all at once from a place of deep sleepfulness.
The stages will depend upon how deeply asleep, or how far down into ‘bedrock hell’ each individual believes he has slid. All this is well within the care, ability, understanding and empowerment of Jesus/Holy Spirit, Who are freely available to each of us for protection, guidance and enlightenment, at any moment we choose to ask for that help.
In order for all ego-ensnared souls to undo that snare and find their way (or, more accurately, be shown the way) out of the wilderness of forgetfulness they need some relief from the distress, fear and bewilderment of time and place (even if they have left their Earth body behind but not their Earth – ego-dominated – mind). This, one could describe as ‘stage one’ rescue work, such as that in which Steve, Theresa and I were engaged during the late 1980s and early 1990s (as described in SFGS). This level of rescue gives some relief to the rescuee from the immediate distress and of equal importance, enables them to become trusting that help is available, rather than betrayal, lies, fear. It does not get them all the way Home; rather, to a ‘half-way house,’ a respite from ‘the pit of hell’ from where they can be helped to see more clearly how to progress toward Home in Eternity.
The clue about the Communion Sanctuary being like a staging post half-way up the ladder actually lies in the next sentence: I felt as if the words concerning the Lord’s eternalness and His great God-mission for all mankind were being broadcast down to all levels and, as if we were an amplifying/relaying station, via what we do and our commitment, into the depths below.
In the same way as the imminent arrival of a major event or person calls for a harbinger, or herald (such as John the Baptist to announce the first arrival of the Christ-Mind in the form of Jesus), so a herald is serviceable to the commencement of the second and final return to full Christ-Mindedness – in all of us - rather like traditional town criers who for many centuries have been employed by town councils to make public announcements in the streets.
With this in mind, then, in paragraph 15 (above) it says that the souls who were in the places far from the Light of Eternity were, in response to our broadcast invitation (in the Lord’s name) from the staging post, beginning the long ascent from the bottom of the ladder.
Jesus speaks often in ACIM about collapsing time, or foreshortening the time taken to get Home, by true forgiveness and, broadly speaking, by other Kingdomly acts such as blessing, loving, caring, compassionate endeavours toward our brethren in the Sonship. This vignette gives a graphic demonstration that this really works: I saw those on the ladder make a sudden and rapid move upward, as on an escalator, as my heart filled with love and blessing for them at the offering of the wine of Christ Love.
It also says that the angels were flying around the ladder guarding or watching over (ministering to) the souls on it. Although most of us have no conscious awareness of such, this is actually happening to us all right now, as we make our ascent on the ladder so lovingly provided by Jesus, who, as so amply demonstrated by the allegory in this vignette, truly is our saviour, so that we in turn, can also be, with him, saviours.
The Communion Sanctuary staging post is (only) ‘half-way up the ladder’ because it is not at our final destination: Home. But it is strategically placed to be a message-relaying mechanism, to those who participate and to all who respond to the invitation, ‘All who truly seek after God, and earnestly desire the coming of the Kingdom of Heaven upon Earth, draw near, and let us commune together upon the Bread and Wine of Eternal Life and Truth revealed in Jesus, our Lord.’
The central message of ACIM is that whatever we say, do, think about/to our fellows, we do to ourself. If we judge them we are in reality judging ourself; if we forgive them we are actually forgiving ourself; if we invite them to join with us to commune together upon the bread and wine of eternal life and truth, we are assuring our own place at that same banquet table.
We are all freely invited to that banquet table, not at some indeterminate, ‘future’ time; right now. I look forward eagerly to meeting you there.
With love and blessings, always,
Evil can't get close to you,
harm can't get through the door.
He ordered His angels
to guard you wherever you go.
If you stumble, they'll catch you;
their job is to keep you from falling.
(Psalm 91:11-12 - The Message)
January 16th 2008
When we forget something, we are usually grateful for a friendly reminder. That, then, should be no less the case, surely, when we have forgotten everything!? That is what has happened to us in this multi-act dream realm we call the world. We have forgotten everything. That is demonstrated by us all as we emerge from the womb. Yet it is not actually true, because our true, Big Self, has not forgotten anything.
Due to this unconscious belief that we have sinned against our Creator and are on the run from Him because He is out to exact retribution, we believe we are separated from Him. Because the Creator is, by definition, everything, if we believe we have separated from Him, we must believe we are separate from everything. This manifests as billions of separate beings, separate from each other and from all the rest of the creation we see with our Earthly sight and other sensory perceptors.
But Big Self, Who is always closer to us than our own breath, and is, indeed the Holy Breath that is our life, our very Being, knows this is not true. Yet the separated, split-off part of our mind that believes it is allowed to believe it because we are endowed with freedom to believe illusions (otherwise known as lies!) if we so choose, even though Big Self does not believe anything; Big Self knows the truth, which, also by definition, is everything and when we (truly) know something, belief does not come into it either. I call that spiritual knowing, rather than intellectual ‘knowing,’ which is actually assuming rather than true knowing.
Many might ask, well, if we know the truth with our Higher Mind, why doesn’t It put us straight, down here in our little self mind, scrabbling for survival in the mire of despond, where lies, disinformation and misperceptions are endemic? The answer to that is, in the big (or complete) picture, It is putting us straight. The difficulty, as perceived by us in our little-self, upside-down, separated mind, is that we are incapable of seeing the Big Picture; because we have elected not to believe it, so we don’t see it; so, being upside-down, it says, ‘I don’t see it, so I don’t believe it.’ Sounds like ego, doesn’t it? Two guesses at that are one more than we need.
The little picture that we see (and then, in line with ego’s disinformation service, wrongly believe is the big picture because we have telescopes and microscopes, and archaeologists and historians, and scientists and researchers, and prognosticators) tells us that we live in a chaos universe, where everything is a chance event, and it is impossible to foretell the final outcome, because there are too many variables. Yet Big Self, which is who we really are, knows what is the final – and inevitable, unstoppable – outcome. That is because it has already happened! Yet, little self does not see that because it is focussed in the wrong direction: time and place. And believes time and place is all there is. But that is entirely the reverse of reality (see how upside-down everything is ‘here’?) Even ‘here’ doesn’t exist because that implies there is also a ‘there’ – in other words, separation; and of course, there is no separation.
We could continue indefinitely with this round of postulations based on misperceptions, and that is exactly what ego wants us to do. The only way to break that endless loop is to take a leap of faith, to reverse the attitude that says, ‘Show me, then I will believe,’ and substitute it for ‘I choose to believe, so that I may then have my true vision restored to me; the vision of Eternity and Who and where I really am.’ That is how we can re-establish contact with our true, Big Self. Then we will begin to recover our memory, see past the illusions and get Home. Of course, here is another big – the biggest – misperception, because we are already Home, have always been, have never left, and all contraindications are a dream, illusion, fantasy that never was reality, and was over the moment it started.
Nevertheless, because we believe the illusions are real, they are, or have the appearance of being - for little-self us - real, and it is this illusory perception from which Big Self is awakening us. Those misperceptions are so deeply embedded in the upside-down, separated part of our mind that it is taking what appears to be ‘time’ for this awakening process to take place and be completed.
For those who continue to demand ‘proof,’ there will be some more circuits of the carousel, and that is fine, because it is, after all, only a dream. As Jesus says in ACIM, ‘…those who seek controversy will find it. Yet those who seek clarification will find it as well. They must, however, be willing to overlook controversy, recognising that it is a defence against truth in the form of a delaying manoeuvre.’ (C-In.2:1-3). Yet, as Big Self, otherwise known as the Spirit of Truth, or the Holy Spirit, or the Voice for God, continues to whisper His loving, gentle, tender, all-knowing reminders into our slumbering mind, with His infinite patience (because He knows the end from the beginning, and thus has no concern about the outcome), so are we gradually emerging from the depths of sleep, to be restored to the fullness of wakefulness and remembrance of who we really are.
Those who are ready to awaken are awakening and becoming empowered with the birthright that is and has always been with us (as demonstrated in so many ways by Jesus of Galilee). This awakening process is in only its relatively nascent stage of manifesting at the Earth-life level of awareness, so it can still be denied as happening by the ego-dominated, slumbering establishment, who control the money, the media and the misadministration of egoland.
But, with every sincere act of forgiveness, blessing, thanksgiving, loving, remembering - by every person who appears to be here - time is collapsing. For us all. Because we are one; so if it collapses for one, it collapses for all. This means that what would have taken more millions of years than anyone would wish to count - or even imagine, without the help of Big Self - will be reduced to just one more, final, measure of meal. Two measly millennia. A snap of a finger. A blink of an eye.
As each generation comes and goes, each nothing more than a shadow in a dream world, so there is becoming - the more so since the dawning, in the last few decades, of the age of Aquarius, or the final phase of the GRP – an exponential increase in the number/percentage of awakening souls, bringing ever more reminders and manifestations of that Sonship empowerment. So, with each passing generation - already becoming ever more clearly detectable, even now in 2008 - the ground for clinging to the old order by the establishment and the sceptics is shrinking.
So, a sceptic in this generation, who will inevitably have to return to egoland in a ‘future’ generation, will find it harder in each successive act to remain as dyed-in-the-wool an unbeliever (slumberer) as was possible in former acts. And so it will continue with every next act, until he is ready for Big Self to make Himself known, within the heart and mind of the gradually awakening slumberer. And when that happens, whenever it happens, he will receive help, because he, along with us all, is deeply, totally, unconditionally, passionately loved, and cared for.
Of course there is only one of us, so that one will become – is becoming – with each generation, more like the Way-shower, Who is already fully awake and restored to Big Self-ness. Until that is Who we will all, once more and forever, have become; and little self will have ceased to appear to be, and all his little-world dreams will have been shone away by the Light of Eternal Truth.
Come; collapse a little time with me!
January 23rd 2008
Those of us who are not fully restored to remembrance of who we really are – in other words, awake, or enlightened – because we have not undone all the guilt and fear in our unconscious by the mechanism of true forgiveness (and that, of course, at this stage in the GRP still means the vast majority of us) - will have to re-incarnate, at least once more, perhaps numerous further times, depending on where we are, or how far we have progressed on our ages-long journey back Home to Papa. This is to provide ourselves with further opportunities in time and place to heal our broken relationships, undo, or dispel, ego from the upside-down, split part of our mind, restore our wrong-mindedness to right-mindedness and in the process heal our split mind back to normal, unified functionality.
Depending on how close to awakening we are at the time of our laying aside the body we have been with, the arrangements for re-incarnating will vary, but with one constant feature always in operation: there is never any external compulsion.
Those who are still deeply asleep (spiritually) at the time of their passing, and have perhaps arrived at some of the lower ‘mansions’ of the etheric realms, where there is little or no light and little or no discernment of eternal realities, will be functioning on autopilot in terms of the processes of re-incarnating, motivated by their basic, ego-driven instincts, with no conscious understanding that re-incarnating is for the purpose of going forward, providing opportunities for the Good Husbandman to grow us spiritually.
They will gravitate toward prospective new parents according to their desires for re-experiencing that with which they are familiar from previous acts, because ego does not like change, and keeps those within its thrall going round in circles. Hence the observation that history repeats itself. The reason for this is that those who tend to make the news, and therefore history, are still deeply engaged with the illusion of time and place. Without the assistance/input/contribution of far more enlightened souls – here and in spirit - truly the world would be on a downward and backward spiral into darkness.
Many observe that this is happening anyway and from an Earth-mind perspective it does appear to be the case. But this is the chaos time, the changeover phase between two epochs, when leaven from the second measure of meal is being taken to mix into the third measure, until the whole is leavened. Although it appears to be chaos to our Earthly senses, it is inevitable and is firmly within the GRP and entirely under the control of its Chief Executive Officer.
Those who have laid aside their body and returned to the place which resonates with their state of greater spiritual discernment, but are not yet fully Self-realised, awake, enlightened - and thus will still need one or more further acts in which to undo all remnants of unconscious guilt, fear, ego-mindedness, and heal all brokenness in their relationships – are sufficiently aware of what is happening to be able to plan their next (and if they have the one-pointed desire for and commitment to, the Kingdom of Heaven, their final) act.
They are also sufficiently aware that they need help for this, to ensure they get the details right, such as parents, cultural setting and environment, that are the most serviceable to the objectives of the upcoming act. Fortunately, there is plenty of help and guidance freely available in all the Halls of Heaven, and whosoever asks always receives. That help, of course, is also always freely available – and given – to all of us who perceive ourselves as being here with a body. If only we can ask, believing, we can receive that help; for ego would have us believe, falsely, that not receiving means it has not been given.
Now being the time of the beginning of the fulfilment of the GRP, the help and guidance for planning our acts is of inestimable benefit in the collapsing of time, so we can all be restored to oneness in the Sonship with Papa by the completion of the leavening of the third measure of meal.
That guided planning, of course, takes place in the etheric counterpart of Earth, after we have laid aside our body from the previous act, and have had a chance to review the events and progress of that previous act and how we can move forward from that place in the next act. This provides the continuity of progress from one act to the next, and ensures that we are able to provide ourself with the opportunities (so often perceived as adversities) that can facilitate their transformation to fulfilment. That is, in this context, the healing of relationships that have been broken over perhaps many previous acts, as a result of ego ensnarement.
Those who have voluntarily placed themselves within the guided planning process, under the tutelage of an enlightened being (Jesus is fully qualified and freely available to all comers for this undertaking!) then proceed to take a body once more, through the parents selected for the purpose. There will often be a ‘history’ of previous familial relationship with those parents. Of course the process of reincarnating entails moving through a phase of forgetfulness, although that is becoming less the case as we progress through the GRP and more and more souls who are remembering more of who they are - Indigo and Crystal (Christ-all) children - are incarnating.
Such souls are capable of remembering more of the realities of Eternity, quicker, than has historically been the case. Further, with each passing generation there is becoming more material/evidence/information about Eternity (Heaven) available here in the Earth, for all who so choose to remember quicker why we are here and begin the At-onement process earlier in their sojourn in time. This speeding-up will now make an exponential rate of increase with the aid of ACIM.
Having to go through the amnesia phase can seem rather wasteful of time and also rather scary if we think about it from only an Earth-mind perspective. However, time is an illusion, so it makes no difference to the outcome of the objectives of the new act. As for scary, well, we are totally loved, totally cared for and we are eternal, indestructible spirit, so any appearances to the contrary are also illusions. Fearful-appearing events/circumstances are called into our own presence, and will often (hopefully, preferably) achieve their objective of getting us to place ourselves (once more) within the care of a Higher Power than our little self is initially aware of with its sensory perceptors. It hardly needs to be said that that Higher Power is the Holy Spirit.
Ego, which does not want change, does all it can to stop us from venturing beyond its domain of control (time and place) so would have us believe the ‘unseen’ reality that is Eternity/Heaven is to be eschewed as fearful, dangerous, a place where ‘monsters and dragons’ roam, ready to devour us if we dare to set foot there. For the comfort and reassurance of those who are fearful, at the prospect of staying here or seeking eternal truth, Jesus reassures us in ACIM:
You are part of reality, which stands unchanged beyond the reach of your ego but within easy reach of spirit. When you are afraid, be still and know that God is real, and you are His beloved Son in whom He is well pleased. Do not let your ego dispute this because the ego cannot know what is far beyond its reach as you are. (T-4.I.8:5-7)
He also says:
Of your ego you can do nothing to save yourself or others, but of your spirit you can do everything for the salvation of both. Humility is a lesson for the ego, not for the spirit. Spirit is beyond humility, because it recognizes its radiance and gladly sheds its light everywhere. The meek shall inherit the earth because their egos are humble, and this gives them truer perception…
I will substitute for your ego if you wish, but never for your spirit. A father can safely leave a child with an elder brother who has shown himself responsible, but this involves no confusion about the child’s origin. The brother can protect the child’s body and his ego, but he does not confuse himself with the father because he does this. I can be entrusted with your body and your ego only because this enables you not to be concerned with them, and lets me teach you their unimportance. I could not understand their importance to you if I had not once been tempted to believe in them myself. Let us undertake to learn this lesson together so we can be free of them together. I need devoted teachers who share my aim of healing the mind. Spirit is far beyond the need of your protection or mine. Remember this:
In this world you need not have tribulation because I have overcome the world. That is why you should be of good cheer. (T-4.I.12,13)
He has said to me many, many times over the decades, in response to any expression of doubt, uncertainty, trepidation, ‘Have no fear, for I am able.’ Assuredly, we are in safe hands, and we are as near to the Kingdom as we choose to be.
Peace be with us all,
January 30th 2008
If we were in a building that is about to collapse, or going up in flames, we are not likely to argue or procrastinate when the security man says, ‘Follow me, I know how to get you out of here.’ Unless someone else says, ‘Don’t worry, the building is quite safe; it’s not going to collapse and the fire is under control. Look, I’m staying, and if there was any cause for concern I would be leaving, wouldn’t I?’
Well, that is a fair assessment and analogy of what is happening. The ‘building’ seems to be okay; yes, it has been around a long time and it creaks and leaks, and shudders in the wind and bits fall off, and there seems to be a lot of squabbling about which bit belongs to whom. That squabbling turns into fisticuffs from time to time and sometimes a lot of us get hurt. But, hey! It’s all we’ve got, so let’s look after it a bit better, and be nicer to each other, fix it up a bit and keep it going.
Yet the security man, who is there for our wellbeing and protection, is saying he has actually prepared a better place for us; one that bears no comparison with this one. It is shining, comfortable, Architect designed for all our needs, is free for ever, with no ground rent or utility bills, peaceable and we will never want for anything; the Landlord is a philanthropist whose abundance awaits us, no strings attached. All we have to do is be willing to trust him and follow his lead and he will take us there. How reliable is he?
Some say he knows what he is talking about, but the janitor, whose job is to stoke the furnace, who has been around since the building first came up to let, pooh-poohs all that, saying everything is fine and dandy just where we are, so ignore any crackpot, Utopian ideas of a rent-free, idyllic place to chill out; there’s no such thing as a free lunch. That janitor has a smooth, persuasive line of patter, but things don’t always work out as he says. So, who to trust? There’s merit, some say, in the maxim ‘better the devil you know than the One you don’t know.’
But now, the security man has created a manual to show us once and for all that what he says is true. All we have to do is follow what he says in the manual and we will begin to see for ourselves that the janitor has been joshing us; hoodwinking us; prestidigitating us. This old building is not just about to fall down around us but is actually nothing more than a smoke and mirrors exercise, sleight of hand, and he can help us to see right through it for the confidence trick that it really is. And once we have seen through it, it will actually disappear, because in actuality it was never really there in the first place. That ole janitor has had us mesmerised and we fell for it, hook, line and sinker.
The problem is, this manual, so carefully, incisively, comprehensively, expertly and lovingly put together, seems, to our inexpert eyes, highly technical; and even though it uses words we think we understand, it is very long, in three sections and so many bits of it just go right over our heads, especially if we lose concentration. And that pesky janitor is hurtling around making a hullabaloo and hugger-mugger, distracting us from what the security man is telling us.
Nevertheless, the security man is truly our friend and has no intention of just dumping the manual with us and leaving us to try to make sense out of it on our own. He knows, all too well, how good we are at misreading and misinterpreting meanings (largely with the interference of that ubiquitous janitor) and then going off in totally the wrong direction, ending up down a blind alley and getting in an even worse fix. So he has sent his Assistant to explain it to us carefully, one bit at a time, so we can understand it more completely. It may seem to take a bit longer but at least we can be sure of getting there safe and sound in the end. And, since he tells us time is an illusion, it really doesn't matter. Furthermore, that Assistant has also instructed more assistants, and is instructing ever more assistants, to spread out amongst us and take us, one step at a time, toward clarity.
The manual is in three parts and has two objectives. One is to help us to learn how to ignore the janitor; to tune him out, so that all his clamour and clatter and spurious promises have no effect on our focus on the prospectus for our new and shining Home. The other objective is to tell us so expertly and comprehensively about our new Home that we will fall in love with it before we have even seen it, and get so excited about it that we cannot wait to get there. The security man knew it would have that effect on us so he has included into the route he has marked out for us a short-cut that will actually collapse the time it would otherwise have taken us to get there if we didn’t use his guide-manual. That will massively more than make up for the extra time we think it may take us studying the manual.
The great thing about the manual is that even though there are bits that seem very hard to understand, there are plenty of bits that are really straightforward and easy for even manual-o-phobes to understand. So instead of getting dis-spirited at the bits we don’t initially understand, we can get inspired by the bits we do understand and that lift our spirits, so we will then be eager to read some more.
And when we ask the Assistant to help us understand bits that we didn’t understand at the first, or previous reading, astonishingly, we find that our grasp of the message increases each time. And, even more astonishing, we begin to actually see through the smoke and mirrors and have real, visionary glimpses of our new Home. And even more astonishing, we begin to remember that it isn’t actually new at all, but has always been our true Home, but we had somehow, foolishly, forgotten about it.
And then, lo and behold, we begin to glimpse the Landlord that the security man has been telling us about; and we recognise, once our vision has cleared some more, that He is our beloved Dad, and has been waiting with infinite patience to welcome us back.
In fact, He is so overjoyed at our return that He has prepared a humongous banquet feast for us all, the likes of which the world has never seen. What have we been waiting for!? It turned out that the security man knew about this all along and had come to the rickety old structure we thought was ours to bring us the good news of our real Home that we had abandoned back in the mists of time.
Needless to say, when we realised that, he became the hero of the hour. But he simply said someone had to do it; he couldn’t just leave us in our state of bewilderment. Nevertheless, as far as we were concerned, his Way-showing was seen as some heroic deed and we loved, honoured and thanked him profoundly for it.
The interesting thing was that once we were back on track toward our new Home, guided and led by the security man, it all started to take on a feeling of familiarity, so that by the time we got there we realised it really was, and always had been, our true and only Home, just as our visionary glimpses had indicated. Truly, a glorious affirmation that the security man was entirely trustworthy. And as for that janitor; well, he just disappeared with the rickety old structure and was never given another thought.
Meanwhile, here is an extract from the security man’s manual; the guide for getting us Home. It’s easy to see just from this short piece, in which he casts his light of clarity for us, how the janitor’s stories had us bamboozled and tied up in knots:
My mind will always be like yours, because we were created as equals. It was only my decision that gave me all power in Heaven and earth. My only gift to you is to help you make the same decision. This decision is the choice to share it, because the decision itself is the decision to share. It is made by giving, and is therefore the one choice that resembles true creation. I am your model for decision. By deciding for God I showed you that this decision can be made, and that you can make it.
I have assured you that the Mind that decided for me is also in you, and that you can let it change you just as it changed me. This Mind is unequivocal, because it hears only one voice and answers in only one way. You are the light of the world with me. Rest does not come from sleeping but from waking. The Holy Spirit is the call to awaken and be glad. The world is very tired, because it is the idea of weariness. Our task is the joyous one of waking it to the Call for God. Everyone will answer the Call of the Holy Spirit, or the Sonship cannot be as one. What better vocation could there be for any part of the Kingdom than to restore it to the perfect integration that can make it whole? Hear only this through the Holy Spirit within you, and teach your brothers to listen as I am teaching you.
When you are tempted by the wrong voice, call on me to remind you how to heal by sharing my decision and making it stronger. As we share this goal, we increase its power to attract the whole Sonship, and to bring it back into the oneness in which it was created. Remember that “yoke” means “join together”, and “burden” means “message”. Let us restate “My yoke is easy and my burden light” in this way; “Let us join together, for my message is Light”.
I have enjoined you to behave as I behaved, but we must respond to the same Mind to do this. This Mind is the Holy Spirit, Whose Will is for God always. He teaches you how to keep me as the model for your thought, and to behave like me as a result. The power of our joint motivation is beyond belief, but not beyond accomplishment. What we can accomplish together has no limits, because the Call for God is the Call to the unlimited. Child of God, my message is for you, to hear and give away as you answer the Holy Spirit within you
Love, as always,
February 6th 2008
As I sat quietly at the keyboard, attuning with the Holy Spirit, I became aware of Him, the Voice for God, speaking silently inside my mind. It seemed to be in the form of a letter, so I began typing what I heard. This is what emerged:
It is that time again, for you to share of the joy of the Kingdom with your friends, and encourage them with reminders of it being the one, true home of all. Is there any aspect of that that you feel moved, drawn, inspired, to share, and encourage them with?
Dear Holy Spirit,
My journey in time and place has been so greatly blessed with wondrous leading, guiding, counsel, inspiration, encouragement, and so many more of the realities of Eternity that have been revealed to me, and I long to share them all, because they are such joyous and uplifting blessing. You know me; ‘Lord, grant me patience - but hurry’ is such an apposite maxim.
Hang in there just a moment; you had to start your journey – this act, I’m speaking of – knowing (or remembering, strictly speaking) nothing, and it has taken decades for you to arrive at this place. And the journey has been, for your own benefit, very much a one step at a time event. Now, all of a sudden, you want everyone else to be presented with a mountainous heap of information, all in one lump. You know this would not – could not - have worked for you because it is only possible to assimilate small amounts of ‘new’ data into an upside-down mind at a time without feeling as if you are being turned on your head.
I look back on the last 40 years and marvel at how infinitely patient the Master has been with me. Not just patient, but loving, gentle, caring, solicitous, fun, unthreatening…
…And that won your confidence, your trust, your relaxation, your peace and tranquillity, didn’t it?
I was very trepidatious in the early years; nervous of how to be in his presence, even though I was sure he was capable only of beneficence. Nevertheless, I felt I surely must have to ‘mind my Ps and Qs’ in his presence…
Even though he never said or did anything to cause you to feel threatened?
Quite the contrary; he always put me at ease. He was never ‘high and mighty;’ always so, well… as I said, unthreatening, easement making. Even when he first manifested to me in that basement room in 1967. It was as if he was standing in the midst of the sun, but this Light was his own radiance from his own within; I knew that instantly. His knowledge and wisdom and overriding, all pervading Love were so powerful the way they radiated out from that sphere of Light and even though I was totally overwhelmed, a quivering jelly, it was not from fear, but from Love; from being loved totally, personally, intimately, universally, in every way, that is utterly beyond comprehension in Earth-mind terms or experience. The impact it had on me was so intense, yet so peaceful, and has remained with me, alive and real. Whatever else happens, that will always be with me as the certainty of his reality and his personal Love and caring for me.
And you know that that is how he feels for all his brethren, without exception.
I know the very idea of any exception is laughable; absurd; meaningless; well, sad, really. That kind of Love is the only real Love, and anything less is only a pale shadow of Love, which is all most of us know about or experience in dreamland here. It is as nothing compared with it. It is my consuming desire to share the experience of the real, living Jesus with anyone who is prepared to listen.
Because he won my Love, because he won my trust – dispelled the anticipation, the misperception I had, along with so many others, about the ‘Lord of all mankind’ being someone of whom to be fearful – with his unassuming, ‘normalness,’ his humour, his obvious delight in surprising me. I was nervous at first, but he always put me at ease, and after a while I was totally at ease. He is my friend, and friends – real friends – are easy to be with. And amazing to me, in the early days, was that he so clearly wanted me to be his friend. He really, really did want that. Well, most of us in this life believe that such an idea is beyond the pale. Why would Jesus, the mighty Lord, want us to be his friend? A ludicrous, arrogant presumption. It’s all that that I want to help everyone else to be able to accept, understand, know, experience. We have to dispel the fear from people’s minds. Most of us are afraid of our own shadow, though very few would be willing to admit it, because it might make them appear weak.
The obvious extension of that is that Papa is the same. For countless ages people have had the idea drummed into them that we must be ‘God fearing.’ Bunkum. Piffle. Poppycock. Balderdash. God is LOVE. Jesus is like Papa, so we can be sure – certain, actually – this is true. How could the emissary from God – who has come to lead us back to Him – be love, gentleness, humility (true humility, that is), if that was in any way different from Him who sent him? And vice-versa?
You’ve convinced me. But then, you know, I don’t need much convincing J So, where do we go from here?
Funny. You know very well, ‘cos You are the central part of the Plan.
Well, it was always a Plan, from day one, though of course I didn’t know it at first.
The same is true, dear friend, for each and every living soul, without exception.
Yes, I know that now and am busting a gut to help others to see that, know that for themselves, with all the certainty that I now know it.
Don’t bust a gut for it; that would be most unserviceable. Yes, yes, I know; it’s just a figure of speech. Tell me about the Plan.
I can only tell You – or anyone – about the plan from my perspective.
Of course. Good answer. Let’s go with that. We can move it out from there.
Well, it all started with me in a previous incarnation, back in the 1600s, when I had what seemed like a pretty ‘heavy’ experience that woke me up to the fact that the church and religion is definitely not the Path back to oneness with our Creator. I am aware of those events because Theresa and I had a series of visits to the Akashic records; just enough to help us understand why we are here this time round. Religion is about fear and control and…
Don’t bang that drum too loud, or too long; we’re trying to keep positive here.
Okay, I know; thanks. The point was, it woke me up to the fact that there had to be a better way. So, I said to the Lord then that when I had finished that act, when I got back to the etheric realms and could have a clear, unadulterated, undistorted line to him, I wanted to have a long discussion with him, about how I could help to set the record straight. I actually wrote some detailed journals during those last few years back then, setting out these new understandings about who we are and our relationship to our Creator, Eternity, and how utterly distorted and wrong the religious perceptions were. But they had to be kept pretty secret, and shared only with those very few I knew were entirely trustworthy. Those were very dangerous times; people were burnt at the stake, beheaded, hanged, drawn and quartered for heresy, blasphemy, dissension…
I hear the sound of a distant drum - again. Can we stick to the Plan please?
Thanks for reminding me. So, I (I was ‘Paul’ then, not Brian, of course) asked the Master what I could do to have another shot at setting the record straight. Thanks to his wisdom and counsel, a Plan was set in place.
Go on; this is starting to get interestingJ
You know only too well that when we reincarnate, we forget what has happened between incarnations; in fact we forget everything before that.
That’s not entirely true, not for everyone, anyway. You had some interesting links to your Source when you were a boy on the farm on Ashdown Forest. In fact, you were known and closely watched over every moment, and there were some useful reminders at various stages during your childhood and adolescent years. All just to keep the pot simmering, of course, ‘Lest we forget.’
Thank You. Your closeness and inspiration well me up.
Don’t get all blubbery on me now, Dear One. Let’s lighten up and enjoy this. This is supposed to be a message of encouragement, not a wake.
Right; back to the thread, before I lose it. I met up with Olga and she and I had been around the block together a few times (so I only very recently realised, thanks to our dear, mutual friend the Rector). She and I clicked from day one and she fired up - re-kindled - my love for Jesus. When he came to me that night in ’67, that was it. I was totally and irreversibly hooked and committed to following him. He told me many times over the years, ‘I lead; do thou follow.’ There followed the years of checking, giving me the opportunity to demonstrate to myself, that I was willing to follow; that I had one-pointed commitment to him and his GRP (though I was pretty vague on just what the GRP was. In recent time that has become much clearer and shows he withholds nothing from us if we are willing to stay the course).
What do you mean by stay the course?
His parable about the sower says it all. Some are interested until the going gets tough, then they fall by the wayside and bear no fruit for the Kingdom. In modern parlance, they get easily distracted by the glister and/or the troubles of this world. Those who see past the meaninglessness of glister but rather, have a deep and unwavering commitment to the Kingdom of Heaven, will stay the course.
Throughout those years he gave me so much encouragement and imparted such a sense of the reality of Heaven to me, but he also told me many times that all that was simply preparation for what lay ahead. He said that that with which I was engaged was an operation of hiddenness, in which he was preparing me for when it would become an operation of openness.
We’re getting right up to recent time now, yes?
As well you know. All this time he knew exactly what was the Plan. He’s very, very good at multi-tasking! He has a ‘big GRP,’ for us all, and in amongst that he has a kind of ‘mini-plan’ for each of us individually. When we respond to his knocking at our door, he commences the implementation of that mini plan and he runs it in parallel with his big Plan. Of course, with him having been a carpenter, the big Plan and all the mini plans dovetail perfectly. Seamlessly in fact. The big Plan has been well-rehearsed here - in previous pages - and is covered by the three measures of meal parable, as described in chapter 10 of SFGS, so we don’t need to go into that again now.
Slight correction there, Brian. The mini plan is implemented from the moment it is agreed, before reincarnating. When anyone responds to his knocking and invites him into their life, they begin to become aware of the first stirrings that there is a mini plan for them.
Okay; we’re cutting to the chase now, are we?
I see you keep well up with modern parlance. I wouldn’t want to lose you along the way.
Well, after years of preparation, the operation of hiddenness was suddenly switched to an operation of openness by the Caterpillars and the Butterfly allegory…
Which I suppose you know he gave you.
I didn’t need two guesses for that.
Go on; go on!
A few months after the switch was pulled and the curtain went up (if you will allow me to mix a metaphor or two)…
What, and change the habit of a lifetime?
I was introduced to A Course in Miracles via Gary Renard’s mind-blowing book, The Disappearance of the Universe…
Why was DU mind-blowing? Surely you were well prepared for it by all the years of journeying with Jesus?
My, you don’t give a chap a chance to finish a sentence, do you? It was mind-blowing because it took about 30 seconds to know that the Author of ACIM is he who had been leading me since the ‘60s. I could tell that from the things Arten and Pursah said to Gary and also – especially – from the quotes in DU taken from ACIM. And once I started reading ACIM it all just fell into place.
I’m not sure that explains why it blew your mind (not literally, I am glad to observe).
There were two things about it that staggered, astonished, delighted me. First, it stood out a mile that the Author of ACIM was, incontrovertibly, one and the same person who had led me on a 40-year journey of remembrance, and that leads to the other amazing thing – at least from where I am sitting – which is that it was such a massive affirmation…
You love that word, massive.
Not so much love as find just about adequate. I may not be the most lexically gifted chap on the block, but the English language, devised to cover 3-dimensionality, is fairly limiting for covering subjects beyond that realm. So, I ‘make do and mend;’ it’s a hangover from being a baby boomer. So, to continue, it was an affirmation that he, Jesus, really is in charge, not just of my mini plan, but the GRP, and that was really starting to take hold, BIG TIME, in the world out there. You have to remember that for 40 years I had been in an operation of hiddenness, so I had no real window to his other mini plans with all those other harbingers and messengers with whom he was working. I had always hoped – earnestly hoped, actually – that there would be plenty of others, because I didn’t fancy being on my Tod as his harbinger, which he told me very early on was who, or what, I was. It was pretty daunting stuff.
Tod Sloan; own. It’s cockney rhyming slang. I know You know that.
Of course, but we have to think of our friends in the New World and elsewhere, who know nothing of these quaint British ways.
All of a sudden, out there, it is all happening elsewhere, also. The GRP and all the myriad mini plans are really all one and the same because that’s the way it is in the Kingdom. It’s called inclusiveness. But then, You know that, too. In fact, thank goodness, You know everything.
Reading ACIM, it immediately became clear to me that ACIM is the definitive article about the GRP. Bits of the jigsaw fell into place and it was all so resonant – so utterly resonant - with all that had been my own experience over decades. Of course, he knew that, ‘cos, just like You, he knows everything too. At first, I wondered why he hadn’t got me onto ACIM years ago, but I quickly recognised…
So, you do know about quick then?
Yes, occasionally I have been known to be quick. But then I quickly settle back down into the slow lane again.
It’s safer there.
I have learned that. I quickly recognised that this was all pre-arranged – ‘afore time’ – and that he knows multi-tasking and me are not that well acquainted, me being a bloke; so he led me on the pre-arranged, 40-year, operation of hiddenness, mini plan journey, telling me as we went along that this was simply preparation for what lay ahead. Now the bits of the jigsaw are all coming together – not just for me but for untold numbers of others whose mini plans are also now perfectly dovetailing into the GRP - it is a very clear indicator that the GRP is moving up a gear as we get observably into the 3rd measure of meal and its rapidly activating leavening process.
So now you are going to tell me where all this is leading, right?
You’re ahead of me; but that’s not surprising, considering Your vantage point. Where it’s leading is where it was always going to lead, right from day one, at the beginning of the 1st measure of meal, with Abraham; back to oneness in the Sonship and Home to Papa in Eternity, or Heaven. I always think Heaven has a more comfortable ring about it than Eternity, don’t you?
Well, in Heaven we are concerned only with your comfort.
‘Eternity’ seems a bit too abstract for most of us sojourners in time. ‘Heaven’ has a sense of something we can get acclimatised to. But I digress. This is all leading back to the beginning, where we remember that we never actually left Home, and are being lovingly awakened to that truth; but the point is, ACIM is the drawstring that is pulling it all together. That in itself is adequate demonstration that we are now entering the fulfilment stage; the final phase of the 3-phase GRP. Arten and Pursah tell Gary that in the next few generations it will be widely recognised/accepted that a) it is Jesus who is the Author of ACIM and b) that he is the one in charge of the whole project, or GRP as I call it. I also found it interesting that Jesus started dictating ACIM to Helen in 1965, the same year that I was brought into contact with Olga.
Of course, orthodox Christians believe Jesus has a great plan, even if they don’t have much real idea of the practicalities of it, and they seem to think they must leave it all to him and he’ll sort it for them without any involvement on their own part. Then there are those who have rejected religion’s version of Jesus because there was too much baggage with it, let alone all the squabbling and inability of religionists to agree, so they keep splitting into disparate groups. 20,000 of them at the last count, according to Pursah. Sounds like ego is right in there, dividing and dividing, endlessly; until You get in there and shine the Light of Eternal Truth into the mix.
Now that’s where I need your help.
Great; You have it, every step of the way, or I should say Way. But two things:
As Jesus said, Of myself, I can do nothing. So, You may need my help, but I need Your help too, because this ole carcase is all I have down here, and it isn’t in the first flush of youth and vigour any more.
Youth and vigour, like everything else, is all in the mind. I think you know you have My help, and have had it all along. All that 40 years’ preparation was only the beginning; you ain’t seen nothin’ yet. What’s the other thing?
I am not Your only help down here. Thank goodness! And the best material help any of us working for the Kingdom down here has is ACIM, because it is going to enable people to understand the real message for this, the home straight stage of the GRP, direct from its CEO (via Helen, bless her mightily; and bless all those involved in getting it out to the world) – he who has all power in Heaven and Earth – in unequivocal, no nonsense language.
And how do you think that will help his brethren to awaken into the At-onement?
As it states, this is a self study course, that does not need, neither can it be set up to form, another religion to mislead us. Incidentally, it has been very clear to me that it has this in common with the Mystical Christ Communion given to Olga. As he said in the long ago, enter into our closet and shut the door, and there we can be heard and answered by Papa, because therein we are able to shut out the distracting clamour of this world. By following the Course, with help from You, which I know You always give in response to being asked, it is possible for us all to awaken, because it is designed by the Master Wakener to do just that.
Look, Beloved, I could do this all day, but this is already very long and if our friends are being asked to read it and some Diary entries too, we must bring this to a close; at least for now. I feel it is apposite to do so with a short quote from Gary’s book, DU. This is Pursah, speaking to Gary:
Ultimately, each one will learn what you will learn: The Voice for God is your voice; it’s your real voice, because you are Christ. There’s no difference between the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit in reality – but you don’t live in reality. You live here. Or at least that’s your experience. Until your mind has been healed by the Holy Spirit, you’ll need the help that the symbols of the Course can give you.
Good choice, Brian, even though you have now blown my cover J. You’re doing pretty well for ‘Johnny come lately’ to the Course.
Maybe so, but look at all the preparation I have had ahead of time. And You can’t fool me; I know how much help You are giving me, bringing the right bits of the Course, or Gary’s writing – which is so ma…whoops, I nearly said that word again… hugely helpful to understanding the Course – or some other pertinent quote to me at just the right moment.
What a team. Stick around Kid; there’s more, much more, to come. ¡Hasta la vista!
Thanks be to You and to all our friends,
February 13th 2008
In The Disappearance of the Universe (DU), Gary Renard writes:
…Having made room for the Holy Spirit, the student would attain a state of mind wherein he or she would be much more likely to hear reliable guidance about what kind of action to take in any given situation.
Then one morning I awakened with an unusually clear mind. That was when I heard the Voice – from deep within me and all through me – say something with such perfectly clear authority that the Source of it was beyond any possible questioning. This is what I heard:
Renounce the world and the ways of the world. Make them meaningless to you.
Although visions of sacrifice danced in my head, I was still completely blown away. I intuitively said, “I’ll do it. I don’t know how, but I’ll do it.” The Voice answered with this reassurance:
I will show you how.
The world is not real; it is a projection from our own divided, split-off ego-mind, like a film from a projector onto a screen. It is a trick, to confuse us into thinking that we can be separate from our Creator, with and in Whom we are indivisibly one. We have allowed ourself to be duped into believing that ‘out there’ peace, happiness, fulfilment, joy, riches, safety, love are to be found. But we all know, in our heart of hearts, that the only place that it is possible to find these, the Treasures of Heaven, is in our oneness in Papa. It is worth keeping in mind that in Heaven, we are one, not many. And Heaven is now. It is an ego-deception that has us believing it is in the future, because there is only now, the eternal always.
Jesus reminds us in ACIM that Papa has only one Son and we are that Son, but we appear to have divided – a symptom or effect of the apparent separation – into many individuals with a separate body and a separate mind. When two or more of us agree on something we are said to be ‘of one mind.’ That is a much truer statement than most of us realise, because that is who, or more accurately, what, we really are: of one Mind. And that One Mind is Papa’s. We are a Thought of God.
Ego wants us to believe individuality is good, a desirable quality, and the thought of us losing our individuality is perceived as a frightening prospect; rather like dying. But as stated in chapter 11 of SFGS, becoming one again, in Papa, is not about becoming less; it is about becoming more. More than our split mind can begin to comprehend. As Arten says to Gary in DU,
…no matter how attractive you may think individuality is, it is nothing but separation…
When Jesus said‘I and my Father are one’ he was denoting that he was beyond individuality; that he had left individuality behind. He also said, ‘…the prince of this world (i.e. ego) cometh, and hath nothing in me.’ This means he was, although still with a body in the illusion of the Earth life with his disciples, completely free of ego-split mind, and his Mind fully restored to oneness. He could see, and knew of a certainty that we also are, in the reality of our higher Self, of one mind, with him in the Sonship, in the eternity of Heaven.
If that is what it takes to be restored to our true Home, with all its treasures, and I venture to suggest that most of us are prepared to acknowledge that Jesus knows more about this than we do, then it seems worthwhile taking on trust that the ‘security man’ is a safer bet to follow than the ‘janitor.’ Trusting someone gives us a sense of security, and that engenders an inner peace. Trusting someone whom we know, of a certainty, is absolutely, totally trustworthy, gives us absolute security and unassailable inner peace.
Trust. There is a paucity of it in egoland, and not without reason, because this is a house divided against itself. But this world is not real, other than any reality we ascribe to it. All we have to do is ‘unsubscribe’ and choose to see through the agenda of distraction (which, remember, will make us distraught), always seeking to keep us in the consciousness of fear, with its clamour about terror, about scarcity, about division, and choose instead to give our reality to the only reality, which requires nothing other than a commitment to changing our mind about what appears to be happening.
This change cannot happen all at once because our divided mind needs retraining back to right mindedness from its wrong-minded indoctrination. But if we choose against making a start, making that commitment, where will we be when our allotted time here is up? Just where we started, without progress on the journey Home. Is that a sound policy?
Confucius’ famous saying states that a journey of a thousand miles starts with the first step. Most who may read this will assuredly have at least taken that first step, but many will also still believe in their unworthiness, at least to some degree; after all, it comes with the territory, and this may be causing delay, doubt, hesitation to prevent us taking the next, and the next, and the next steps. But we are being shown how to regain our memory of Self and its absolute worth, and leave this alien, fearful, uncertain realm behind us as we move back toward the Light and freedom.
It is worth remembering that our true Home is Heaven. It is where we are from, so it is actually familiar Territory, so there is no cause for trepidation, but every cause for celebration. The escape route that will take us back there is true forgiveness, so that by forgiving our fellows for what they have not done, we may receive the forgiveness that is rightfully ours, and vice-versa. This is because there is only one of us.
By the same token, if we receive light, illumination, enlightenment from a brother ahead of us on the Path, and make progress on the journey by that help, the light-shiner is also helped forward because there is only one of us. As ACIM reminds us, we learn by teaching. This then means that we can shine that light on the Path for our brothers who are behind us on the Path, and by so doing receive help to go forward from where we are on the Path. This is a PLF and is immutable.
Jesus reminds us that it is not just he who is the light of the world, but we also. Doubt, fear and lack of self worth keep us from shining our light much of the time but these misperceptions are the ‘lies of satan’ (ego) and now is the time to shrug off that uncomfortable, treacherous yoke, be of good cheer, full of confidence because of our Way-shower, and let our light so shine for our fellow travellers, so that we may be enlightened by that same Light, which comes from the Mind of Papa because we, also, come from the Mind of Papa.
Love and Light,
February 20th 2008
A few days ago I was sent the following e-mail, which I found affirmative and informative:
Why did Jesus fold the napkin?
Why did Jesus fold the linen burial cloth after His resurrection? The Gospel of John (20:7) tells us that the napkin, which was placed over the face of Jesus, was not just thrown aside like the grave clothes.
The Bible takes an entire verse to tell us that the napkin was neatly folded and was placed at the head of that stony coffin.
Early Sunday morning, while it was still dark, Mary Magdalene came to the tomb and found that the stone had been rolled away from the entrance.
She ran and found Simon Peter and the other disciple, the one whom Jesus loved. She said, 'They have taken the Lord's body out of the tomb, and I don't know where they have put him!'
Peter and the other disciple ran to the tomb to see. The other disciple outran Peter and got there first. He stooped and looked in and saw the linen cloth lying there, but he didn't go in. Then Simon Peter arrived and went inside.
He also noticed the linen wrappings lying there, while the cloth that had covered Jesus' head was folded up and lying to the side.
Is that important? Absolutely! Is it really significant? Yes! In order to understand the significance of the folded napkin, you have to understand a little bit about Hebrew tradition of that day.
The folded napkin had to do with the Master and Servant, and every Jewish boy knew this tradition. When the servant set the dinner table for the master, he made sure that it was exactly the way the master wanted it. The table was furnished perfectly, and then the servant would wait, just out of sight, until the master had finished eating, and the servant would not dare touch that table until the master was finished.
Now if the master was done eating, he would rise from the table, wipe his fingers and mouth with that napkin and toss it on to the table. The servant would then know to clear the table. For in those days, the wadded napkin meant, 'I'm done.' But if the master got up from the table, and folded his napkin, and laid it beside his plate, the servant knew that the folded napkin meant, 'I'm not finished yet.'
The folded napkin meant, 'I'm coming back!'
After all, Jesus knew (because he had planned it) this was a 3-course meal and there were 2 more courses before the whole would be leavened. Okay, so I am making a word play on the word ‘meal,’ but cut me some slack here, because in this instance it ties together the cultural tradition, which, as the story above recounts, would assuredly have been fully understood as a significant symbol, and his parable of the 3 measures of meal. 2000 years ago Jesus knew he had unfinished business; there were 2 more measures of meal to be leavened.
He told the disciples that he had to return to Papa so that he could prepare a place for us, so that he could come back to receive us into that place, Heaven. So, to our ego-mind perception, he did ‘leave.’ But he also told the disciples that he had asked for another comforter to take his place during his apparent absence: the Spirit of Truth, or Holy Spirit, or Holy Breath. We are now reminded that Jesus is fully identified with the Holy Spirit, the Voice for God, so in that sense he has never left us, even though our little self perceives it otherwise.
Whichever way we look at it, assuredly he is now (back) here with us all, as evinced by his giving to us, through Helen Schucman, ACIM; by his manifesting to and speaking/commun(icat)ing with Olga Park and with Murdo Macdonald-Bayne in the first half of the 20th century, with me since 1967, and with untold numbers of others. In truth, of course, he is manifesting to and speaking/commun(icat)ing with us all, all the time, because we are all one, with him, in the Sonship, so it could not be otherwise.
The absence of awareness by any of us of that reality does not make it not so, any more than the reality of countless radio and other waves filling the atmosphere all around us and passing right through us is not so just because we are unaware of them so doing. We can have awareness of them if we equip ourselves with the correct receiving device and attune to the appropriate wavelength, and this is true with the speaking/commun(icat)ing with us by Jesus and/or the Holy Spirit. I know this of a certainty because I have experienced it for over 40 years, enabled by the attuning and receiving device called Mystical Communion with Christ.
Here is an extract from chapter 8, section III of ACIM about holy encounters:
III. The Holy Encounter
Glory to God in the highest, and to you because He has so willed it. Ask and it shall be given you, because it has already been given. Ask for light and learn that you are light. If you want understanding and enlightenment you will learn it, because your decision to learn it is the decision to listen to the Teacher Who knows of light, and can therefore teach it to you. There is no limit on your learning because there is no limit on your mind (unless we choose to believe otherwise, and therefore appear to self-impose whilst under ego-mind domination; and we are always free to deny and choose again with the Holy Spirit). There is no limit on His teaching because He was created to teach. Understanding His function perfectly He fulfils it perfectly, because that is His joy and yours.
When you meet anyone, remember it is a holy encounter. As you see him you will see yourself. As you treat him you will treat yourself. As you think of him you will think of yourself. Never forget this, for in him you will find yourself or lose yourself (because we are all one). Whenever two Sons of God meet, they are given another chance at salvation. Do not leave anyone without giving salvation to him and receiving it yourself (by practising - silently, within your mind; salvation has nothing to do with proselytising! - true forgiveness and blessing/releasing them into the care of Holy Spirit). For I am always there with you, in remembrance of you.
Everyone is looking for himself and for the power and glory he thinks he has lost. Whenever you are with anyone, you have another opportunity to find them. Your power and glory are in him because they are yours. The ego tries to find them in yourself alone, because it does not know where to look. The Holy Spirit teaches you that if you look only at your(little)self you cannot find your(Big)self, because that is not what you are. Whenever you are with a brother, you are learning what you are because you are teaching what you are. He will respond either with pain or with joy, depending on which teacher (ego or Holy Spirit) you are following. He will be imprisoned or released according to your decision, and so will you. Never forget your responsibility to him, because it is your responsibility to yourself. Give him his place in the Kingdom and you will have yours. (As we remind ourself that there is only one of us, this gradually becomes first nature to us and we don’t even need to stop and think about it because our Holy Spirit Mind is taking over our thought processes, thus dispelling the hold over us that ego has had for so long. Hard to think of better news!)
God’s power and glory are everywhere, and you cannot be excluded from them. The ego teaches that your strength is in you alone. The Holy Spirit teaches that all strength is in God and therefore in you. Through His power and glory all your wrong decisions are undone completely, releasing you and your brother from every imprisoning thought any part of the Sonship holds (because we are all one). Wrong decisions have no power, because they are not true. The imprisonment they seem to produce is no more true than they are.
Power and glory belong to God alone. So do you. God gives whatever belongs to Him because He gives of Himself, and everything belongs to Him. Giving of yourself is the function He gave you (as demonstrated by Jesus, who is our Way-shower). Fulfilling it perfectly will let you remember what you have of Him, and by this you will remember also what you are in Him. You cannot be powerless to do this, because this is your power. Glory is God’s gift to you, because that is what He is. See this glory everywhere to remember what you are.
Because we have the perfect example of all this in Jesus of Galilee, we know that all this is achievable by/for all of us, because we are like him (however much to the contrary things may appear to our upside-down, ego-dominated mind) so that we may all be re-unified – made one again - with him in the Sonship.
As we all know, ego will do everything it can to cause us to resist choosing with Jesus/Holy Spirit and thus be shown how to break the cycle of birth and death. For those of us who have chosen to eschew everything to do with Jesus and the Holy Spirit because we associate Them too closely with religion, and we abandoned orthodox, institutionalised religion because of its un-Jesus-like ways, we will think this is our own, rational, right-minded thinking. Let us see what Arten says to Gary in The Disappearance of the Universe:
Most people, especially nice, spiritual people, don’t know about the murderous thought system that runs this universe, or the hatred that’s underneath the surface of their mind. Nor do most of them want to know. Most people just want everything to be hunky-dory. You can’t blame them for wanting peace, but real peace is found by undoing the ego, not by covering it over.
Fortunately, we have a trustworthy, fully empowered, unconditionally loving, rationally-thinking, Holy Spirit-minded, no nonsense guide to lead us, at our pace, in finding the Way out from this otherwise endless nightmare, and who can collapse the ‘time’ it would otherwise take us to do it.
Love and blessings,
February 27th 2008
True forgiveness, healing of broken relationships and Mind-to-Mind communing are all subjects we have discussed separately before, but they are so closely linked as to be aspects of the same process in our endeavour Homeward. The fact they have been mentioned before does not mean further consideration may not be helpful, for the whole question of eternal reality and how to get back to it is of such all-consuming importance, and so alien to the upside-down thinking by which we are encumbered in our sensory dream-world, that we need constant reminders of what is right-minded thinking in order to get our minds re-trained for resonance with our true Self.
True forgiveness has the objective of healing broken relationships because all the while Papa’s one Son believes himself to be broken, or divided, or separated into ever-increasing numbers of individual pieces, he cannot experience the wholeness that is his true reality; and Mind-to-Mind communing is the mechanism by which the process of true forgiveness takes place.
Let us establish some definitions here, for clarity. When the word ‘Mind’ is used with a capital M, it is to indicate Big-Self, or Christ Mind. When it is shown in all lower case, it means anything less than Christ Mind, and that, by definition, can only be the part of our mind that appears to have been split off, and is upside-down, seeing everything that is the true reality of Eternity as its opposite, which includes time and place; past, present and future as linear unfoldment; everything being outside ourself; fear, death, judgement etc.
When I first began practising the Mystical Communion with Christ, back in 1967, my conscious mind was definitely ‘lower case.’ But he with whom I earnestly aspired and desired to commune was definitely a capital M! So, that was mind-to-Mind communing. Jesus’ objective is to restore our minds to a re-unified state of one-Mindedness with his, because he loves us unconditionally, sees past our apparent errors, and he knows that this is our true, magnificent, unlimited, all-empowered, pure, innocent nature. The word ‘innocent’ is used here because it is the false belief in sin and guilt - which engenders fear – that keeps us, one could say, ‘small minded.’
Papa’s one Son – that’s all of us, re-unified – is innocent, and it is restoration to fullness of remembrance of that truth that will transform us from small-mindedness back to Big-Mindedness. All the while we believe we are guilty, sinners, fearful of punishment from a vengeful god, we will be stuck on the carousel of small mindedness; seeing everything upside down and inevitably bewildered about the true reality of Eternity and our relationship to It and Its Creator.
As soon as we are ready to accept that we are – already, and always have been - the same as Jesus so ably demonstrated (and still does) himself to be, we begin the metamorphosis of mind to Mind process, because then Holy Spirit – which is our real Self, with Whom we are indivisibly one - has our authorisation to begin the process on our behalf. There are transitional steps from small mind to Big Mind, and these are accessed by allowing Jesus/Holy Spirit to correct our thinking from upside-down to right-side up, or right mindedness, which will lead us back to Christ Mindedness. It is that willingness that is so all important to the commencement of the process and our progress within the process.
That willingness was something that I was more than, well… willing, to allow, because I trusted Jesus from day one. I had a major advantage from the example of seeing how implicitly Olga trusted him and how, as a result, he had been able to lead, counsel, inspire, illumine her mind with spiritual enlightenment. She told me her job was to get me ‘hooked up’ with Jesus, and if I am able to assist any of my fellow travellers to become so ‘hooked,’ then perhaps I shall become a ‘fisher of men.’
So, although we start out in our communing with Jesus and/or the Holy Spirit as mind-to-Mind communing, Their job is the transformation of our mind, which is asleep but appears to be awake, to our Big Mind, that seems to be asleep but is awake, by right thinking. That transformation process always begins at/from the place where we perceive ourself as being, at a pace with which we are comfortable, with no pressure, because, unlike most Earth-life tutors, They are infinitely patient and unconditionally loving, not to mention all-knowing and wise!
They see through all our time and place illusions and see – know – who we really are, because illusions are nothing, and truth cannot see nothing because it does not exist. We believe they exist, but like all dreams, when we wake up, the dreams are gone.
Because with our ego-dominated ‘Earth mind’ we see everything as upside-down, or the opposite of the true, eternal reality, when we first encounter the true reality, it seems upside-down to the ego-conditioned part of our mind. It is therefore a great temptation to dismiss truth of Eternity as nonsense, meaningless psycho-babble, just as ego earnestly wants us to do. For example, the fundamental truth that Papa has but one Son, seems a very hard concept to get our head around when wherever we look there appear to be others, all with bodies, brains, minds, separate from us.
This is where mind-to-Mind communing will set us back on the path to right thinking and right perceiving, because it will lead us to the fact that we are able to experience commun(icat)ing with our brother Jesus mind-to-Mind. This, or rather, he, will gradually help us to see things more and more right-side up. It has to be a one step at a time process because if we have been standing on our metaphorical head all our lives, inevitably we will have become accustomed to it, and getting right-side up all in one go would be disorientating, to say the least. But one step at a time, according to our pace of readiness, he will safely, caringly, lovingly lead us back to sanity and clarity of vision.
And when we have experienced mind-to-Mind communing with Jesus we will realise we are equally able to commune Mind-to-Mind with any brother, including and especially those with whom we have a broken relationship, with the Kingdomly objective of healing that broken relationship. This is possible because, with Holy Spirit help, we bypass the mind of the healee and reach the Mind, our relationship with which is already healed. Then, by our BLASER blessing them, Holy Spirit permeates the ‘shell’ of their ego-mind with our true forgiveness/blessings and this strengthens the inner Being, weakening the apparent ego-hold connection, thus enabling/assisting the healee (which, don’t forget, is also ourself) to ‘hatch’ out of the shell.
The example of apparent separation into many individuals causes us to see blame, guilt, fear, error, attack as coming from someone else – ‘out there,’ or ‘over there.’ But because this is an error of perception with our ego-mind-made body senses, when we see a fault as somebody else’s, we are seeing incorrectly, and this will lead us to judge/blame others for our misfortunes. It is errors/judging based on incorrect perceiving that Jesus/Holy Spirit will correct for us, if we are willing to allow Them to do it for us, for assuredly, we cannot accomplish this of ourself.
Actually, it is not easy to accomplish much whilst standing on one’s head!! The only thing we will accomplish is to see an upside-down projection of ourself in the form of others around us, so if we see another behaving in a way that appears to us to be insane, we are seeing only ourself and judging ourself accordingly, which I feel most of us would agree is in itself an act of insanity. Better to say, this is a misperception, therefore, that fellow, who is a projection of my own misperceived self, is as innocent (or, if we still choose to see with ego eyes, as guilty) as myself.
Here is what Jesus reminds us about these matters in ACIM:
If you point out the errors of your brother’s ego you must be seeing (those errors) through yours, because the Holy Spirit does not perceive his errors. This must be true, since there is no communication between the ego and the Holy Spirit. The ego makes no sense, and the Holy Spirit does not attempt to understand anything that arises from it. Since He does not understand it, He does not judge it, knowing that nothing the ego makes means anything. (As we start to see things right-side up, this truth becomes more and more apparent until we are eventually seeing everything with the true-vision of Christ Mind and the things of this world we valued/believed were important gradually become meaningless to us. This is correction of error of perception).
When you react at all to errors, you are not listening to the Holy Spirit. He has merely disregarded them, and if you attend to them you are not hearing Him. If you do not hear Him, you are listening to your ego and making as little sense as the brother whose errors you perceive. This cannot be correction. Yet it is more than merely a lack of correction for him. It is the giving up of correction in yourself.
When a brother behaves insanely, you can heal him only by (being resolute, one-pointed in our commitment to) perceiving the sanity in him. If you perceive his errors and accept them, you are accepting yours. If you want to give yours over to the Holy Spirit, you must do this with his. Unless this becomes the one way in which you handle all errors, you cannot understand how all errors are undone. How is this different from telling you that what you teach you learn? Your brother is as right as you are, and if you think he is wrong you are condemning yourself.
You cannot correct yourself. Is it possible, then, for you to correct another? Yet you can (are able, if we so choose, to) see him truly, because it is possible for you to see yourself truly. It is not up to you to change your brother, but merely to accept him as he (actually, not apparently) is. His errors do not come from the truth that is in him, and only this truth is yours. His errors cannot change this, and can have no effect at all on the truth in you. To perceive errors in anyone, and to react to them as if they were real, is to make them real to you. You will not escape paying the price for this, not because you are being punished for it, but because you are following the wrong guide and will therefore lose your way. (This makes it easy to see how our upside-down thinking led us to mistakenly believe a vengeful god was out to punish us).
Your brother’s errors are not of him, any more than yours are of you. Accept his errors as real, and you have attacked yourself. If you would find your way and keep it, see only truth beside you (because truth is what Jesus is, and we are all, in truth, like him) for you walk together. The Holy Spirit in you forgives all things in you and in your brother. His errors are forgiven with yours.
The Holy Spirit forgives everything because God created everything. Do not undertake His function, or you will forget yours... You do not understand how to use it. He will teach you how to see yourself without condemnation, by learning how to look on everything without it. Condemnation will then not be real to you, and all your errors (of perception, of judgement, of condemnation) will be forgiven.
(Extracted from T-9.III; my emboldening and underlining, for emphasis).
And then we will see, reflected in our brother, our Self, for whom and what we really are: pure and innocent; Christ, the one Son of our Father Creator.
To true vision,
March 5th 2008
Time and eternity are both in your mind, and will conflict until you perceive time solely as a means to regain eternity. You cannot do this as long as you believe that anything happening to you is caused by factors outside yourself.
This is from ACIM, Text, page 181. Jesus is not renowned for beating about the bush, or equivocating, in stark contrast to our split off, ego mind, whose motto could be, ‘Once I was indecisive, but now I am not so sure.’
If we believe we are here in an illusory realm, and that things happen to us, it is time to wake up to the actuality that this is the opposite of our true Self and Dwelling Place, because this dream is hell and our true Home is Heaven.
Many of us may feel, ‘Well, if this hell, it isn’t as bad as all that, so what’s the big deal? I am content to hang around a while longer and live out my time, and then we’ll see what’s so brilliant about this much-vaunted Heaven.’ There are two observations to make in response to that. First is that it is an illusion that we are separate from each other (not to speak of God, for the moment); we are one, so if our brother is hurting (we could try Darfur for size, but there are dozens of wars, genocides, plus religious, social, emotional, economic oppression and deprivation, murder, mayhem, political and commercial intrigue and malfeasance happening in every country) then we are hurting. It may not appear that way in the time and place misperception of things, but time is illusory in that it appears to be happening one event after another, in a linear progression. So in any linear ‘time slot’ all may appear rosy for many of us, even though just round the corner awfulness is taking place.
However, in the reality of Eternity, in which there is no time (or place), everything that has ever appeared to happen, or appears to be happening, or will appear to happen, has already happened, all at once, because there is only the eternal ‘always.’ If we ignore the apparent hurting in others, thinking that they are separate from us, and we are not hurting, so we are all right, we are missing the fundamental truth that there is only one of us, therefore all the while anyone is hurting, we are all hurting. Hence Jesus’ admonition to treat others as we wish to be treated.
The second observation is that any one incarnation, or ‘act,’ is but a tiny fragment of a much longer (illusorily speaking) drama, playing out over countless acts. What is being enacted in what we perceive as our ‘present’ act is a continuance from a ‘previous’ act or acts. Of course, most of us have no conscious awareness of ‘previous’ acts, but it is a certainty that we are what we appear to be now because of previous acts’ decisions/choices, and we bring the karma from those decisions with us in a ‘seed memory,’ or dormant form, to the present, and subsequent acts.
That seed memory begins to germinate and unfold within us, usually as we reach adolescence, affecting our present choices, preferences, decisions, and bringing us to unconsciously call into our presence the circumstances of unresolved karma from previous acts, so that we have another opportunity to outwork them and heal broken relationships. If we do not take advantage of that renewed opportunity, then assuredly we will have to call another opportunity, and another and another, until finally, inevitably, we realise what we are doing and choose the path that will heal the relationship.
Until that happens, which it eventually will, ego keeps us going round and round on the carousel, thus ensuring its continued existence in our separated, little minds, in the only realm it can appear to have any existence – time and place (including the etheric counterpart of Earth, so laying aside a body at the end of an act does not mean we are free of ego). Ego does not want us to discern this truth because it is the beginning of its undoing, and it is full of subterfuges, for which we fall countless times without realising it.
Because time and place is a dualistic state of mind, in which there is good and bad, rich and poor, male and female etc., in some acts of our carousel drama we may appear to be comfortable, safe, happy (relatively speaking, because no ‘happiness’ under ego domination can be real happiness, since that is only ours in the Eternity of Heaven and is immeasurably greater than anything resembling happiness to our little mind). But duality is constantly changing, so a swing toward positive will inevitably swing back to the negative in one form or another, in one act or another.
Some will ask, ‘But surely, if we have swung toward the positive, it must be because that is where past decisions have taken us, so we must be on the way Home?’ Assuredly, we are all on the way Home; some are nearer than others, but the ‘fact’ that we appear to be here in an illusion is proof that we still have unresolved issues, and being here is, definitively, an opportunity to take strides Homeward. By taking those strides in the company of One who knows how to get Home, we get there safer and immeasurably quicker, collapsing time as we progress.
All this activity of calling into our presence opportunities for healing relationships, so we can be restored to our true state of oneness in the Sonship, is the leavening process, causing outstanding karmic issues to rise up to the surface of our consciousness, by the activity of the ‘yeast’ (which is the Holy Spirit), so they can be resolved. The leavening process/activity is misperceived as the ‘chaos time’ when all around us appears to be going more and more insane. This is a definitive indicator that the leavening of the third measure of meal is getting seriously under way, bringing untold numbers of forgiveness opportunities to us all, so that time can begin to be brought to an ever-faster rate of collapse.
This means that rather than taking millions more years of ‘Earth time’ before the apparently material universe will disappear from our awareness as we awaken to Heaven’s reality, it will be by the end of the Aquarian age, in approximately 2,000 years. That rate of progress is not arithmetic, but logarithmic, so what may seem slow in 2008 (even though the pace in 2008 is many times faster than a generation ago) is actually accelerating at an ever-increasing pace.
Of course, at the present time, ego is still predominant in the consciousness of most of humanity, so all this leavening activity (forgiveness opportunities) is perceived as insanity, causing those of us who don’t know about the GRP to react with dismay, outrage, frustration, hopelessness. That is just how ego wants it, and for the majority, it will continue that way for a while. However, that majority is gradually being chipped away, as the Spirit of Truth permeates the shell of ego-mind and reaches the real Self within, bringing an awakening. This process is assisted at an exponential level by each one of us who recognises what is actually happening – i.e. leavening – and PCBs (prays for, commits and blesses) our fellows for their awakening to the truth of who we really are.
Jesus tells us that when all around us is turmoil and despair and collapse, to then rejoice, for it is a sign of the certainty that the Kingdom is at hand, even at the doors. We have, as always, two choices in this matter: to go with Jesus and rejoice, (if he is rejoicing, could it be he knows something we don’t?), and at the same time, engage in a little time collapsing, or head right on back to that mire of despond, for a spot more wallowing. The latter is ego’s choice for us, even if we think we have taken a temporary detour via the amusement park, and ego has had it all its own way for too long. The old definition of insanity is to keep repeating a behaviour pattern and expect a different result. Time to try something different, don’t you think?
Love and blessings,
March 12th 2008
I have often thought that humans are like computers, in that most of us who are working with computers are doing so just at the outer, superficial level; writing letters, sending e-mails, surfing the internet, playing games, running accounts (domestic and/or commercial). All things that are to do with what’s ‘out there.’ Yet almost all of what is going on with a computer is at a level with which most of us have little understanding, with operating systems and software programmes that are immeasurably more detailed and complex than meets the eye of the average user. And all are hidden away in the inner, esoteric workings of the computer, largely inaccessible and completely mysterious to ‘ordinary mortals.’
And, if the computer is incorrectly programmed, (not to speak of incorrectly used by those of us who are not very computer-literate) the output we can achieve from it is going to be garbled, inaccurate, fraught with errors. Not a lot of use for what we are hoping to achieve with a computer. And since we are using an analogy here, neither is our body, incorrectly programmed and operated under split-off, ego-mind dominated control, going to accomplish so many of the things that we could accomplish if programmed and operated according to right-minded user application. Yet so many of us believe we know just what we are doing and need no support from the I.T. experts, blithely continuing along the course that is assuredly going to end up with a crash, heedless of the benefits and protection that can be provided by some sensibly applied anti-virus software and oblivious to the fact that the ego virus took over the running of our system on day one, causing countless errors, most of which we don't even notice.
Such an analogy may be less than perfect but it does lead to the suggestion that such determination to continue blindly down a path to nowhere, which humanity has been doing since the beginning of time, smacks not just of foolishness but also of arrogance. Spiritually speaking, here is some powerful logic from Jesus on arrogance and the alternative:
Arrogance is the denial of love, because love shares and arrogance withholds. As long as both appear to you to be desirable the concept of choice, which is not of God, will remain with you. While this is not true in eternity it is true in time, so that while time lasts in your mind there will be choices. Time itself is your choice. If you would remember eternity, you must look only on the eternal. If you allow yourself to become preoccupied with the temporal, you are living in time. As always, your choice is determined by what you value. Time and eternity cannot both be real, because they contradict each other. If you will accept only what is timeless as real, you will begin to understand eternity and make it yours.(ACIM, T.192)
Here, in time and place, we are faced with myriad choices every day and most of us think (believe) it is wise to use judgement in making our choices. Yet Jesus counsels us that this is error; that Wisdom is not judgement; it is the relinquishment of judgement. And he makes a very logical, compelling, powerful case for it:
Judgement, like other devices by which the world of illusions is maintained, is totally misunderstood by the world. It is actually confused with wisdom, and substitutes for truth. As the world uses the term, an individual is capable of “good” and “bad” judgement, and his education aims at strengthening the former and minimising the latter. There is, however, considerable confusion about what these categories mean. What is “good” judgement to one is “bad” judgement to another. Further, even the same person classifies the same action as showing “good” judgement at one time and “bad” judgement at another time. Nor can any consistent criteria for determining what these categories are be really taught. At any time the student may disagree with what his would-be teacher says about them, and the teacher himself may well be inconsistent in what he believes. “Good” judgement, in these terms, does not mean anything. No more does “bad.”
It is necessary for the teacher of God to realise, not that he should not judge, but that he cannot. In giving up judgement, he is merely giving up what he did not have. He gives up an illusion; or better, he has an illusion of giving up. He has actually merely become more honest. Recognising that judgement was always impossible for him, he no longer attempts it. This is no sacrifice. On the contrary, he puts himself in a position where judgement through him rather than by him can occur. And this judgement is neither “good” nor “bad.” It is the only judgement there is, and it is only one: “God’s Son is guiltless, and sin does not exist.”
The aim of our curriculum, unlike the goal of the world’s learning, is the recognition that judgement in the usual sense is impossible. This is not an opinion but a fact. In order to judge anything rightly, one would have to be fully aware of an inconceivably wide range of things; past, present and to come. One would have to recognise in advance all the effects of his judgements on everyone and everything involved in them in any way. And one would have to be certain there is no distortion in his perception, so that his judgement would be wholly fair to everyone on whom it rests now and in the future. Who is in a position to do this? Who except in grandiose fantasies would claim this for himself?
Remember how many times you thought you knew all the “facts” you needed for judgement, and how wrong you were? Is there anyone who has not had this experience? Would you know how many times you merely thought you were right, without ever realising you were wrong? Why would you choose such an arbitrary basis for decision-making? Wisdom is not judgement; it is the relinquishment of judgement. Make then but one more judgement. It is this: There is Someone with you Whose judgement is perfect. He does know all the facts; past, present and to come. He does know all the effects of His judgement on everyone and everything involved in any way. And He is wholly fair to everyone, for there is no distortion in His perception.
Therefore lay judgement down, not with regret but with a sigh of gratitude. Now are you free of a burden so great that you could merely stagger and fall down beneath it. And it was all illusion. Nothing more. Now can the teacher of God rise up unburdened, and walk lightly on. Yet it is not only this that is his benefit. His sense of care is gone, for he has none. He has given it away, along with judgement. He gave himself to Him Whose judgement he has chosen now to trust, instead of his own. Now he makes no mistakes. His Guide is sure. And where he came to judge, he comes to bless. Where now he laughs, he used to come to weep.
It is not difficult to relinquish judgement. But it is difficult indeed to try to keep it. The teacher of God lays it down happily the instant he recognises its cost. All of the ugliness he sees about him is its outcome. All of the pain he looks upon is its result. All of the loneliness and sense of loss; of passing time and growing hopelessness; of sickening despair and fear of death; all these have come of it. And now he knows that these things need not be. Not one is true. For he has given up their cause, and they, which never were but the effects of his mistaken choice, have fallen from him. Teacher of God, this step will bring you peace. Can it be difficult to want but this? (M-10)
Effectively, Jesus is speaking to us here about acceptance. Acceptance that we cannot judge meaningfully, so the only recourse is to commit true judgement into the care of our Big Self, which is Holy Spirit, who knows everything, which our little self certainly does not (it only thinks it does J)
We can only move into peace, true peace, the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, which is inner peace, through acceptance. Ego always wants to change everything, but Spirit – God – is perfect and therefore, unchangeable. We, with our incomplete understanding, do well not to change anything, but simply allow Holy Spirit to change but one thing: our perspective, or awareness of what is reality. We are seeing, i.e. perceiving, unreality and believe it is real. If we allow Holy Spirit to open our eyes – vision – to what is real, the unreality disappears.
It is about inner awareness, inner recognition, inner remembrance. Inner is the key because there is no without; only within. Inner is always. Always with us, unchanging and unchangeable. There is nothing to do; only to be, what we are, have always been and always will be. What we are already has everything. Only by the mistaken belief that we are separate and are lacking, could we possibly think we have to do anything, in order to get what we believe we are lacking.
By adopting, choosing an attitude of willingness to be accepting that there is but one judgement we should make and that we are unable to make any other, we will be on the Path back to freedom, back to our true Home in Eternity. That one judgement is that God’s Son is innocent. Period. No ifs, ands or buts. Those words belong to ego and have no place in the Kingdom.
Only when we are able to unerringly see that God’s Son is innocent will we be able to see the face of Christ in all our brethren, without exception. And that face will be a reflection of our own face. Then we will be free of the heavy, burdensome yoke of judgement and will know the truth. And that truth will have set us free.
Love, peace and joy be with us all,
March 19th 2008
We are reminded in ACIM that everyone is either expressing love or calling for it. There are no alternatives. In our true Home there is no call for love because all we are is love, and cannot but express, or extend it. Here, in the unreal world of time and place, we have allowed ourselves to forget this reality and believe instead that love (i.e. the unconditional love of Papa, our Father Creator) is missing from our life, causing us to feel lost, lonely, hurting, fearful, deprived.
As the Jets say to Officer Krupke in West Side Story, ‘We’re depraved on account of we’re deprived.’ When we have all those negative feelings/perceptions we are inclined to see people and events as adding to them, so we feel threatened. A wounded animal will often attack if one tries to help it, believing attack is the best form of defence and being fearful that even one who is trying to help is a threat to its already endangered condition. This is how most of us behave some, or even much of the time and we are rapidly creating a culture that endorses and engenders it, with common courtesies — outward signs of goodwill and harmlessness — becoming perceived as ‘old fashioned’ and therefore outdated.
It is therefore not hard to see such a response as ‘biting the hand that feeds it,’ or an ungrateful response to a well-intentioned gesture. Ego wants us to react in like manner, thus furthering the apparent separation from each other and from Home. This has been going on since the beginning of time. Now, as we turn the corner onto the home straight of the journey Home, the count-down to the end of time, with infinite help, love, guidance, patience from the Marshal of the Journey and his helpers, more and more of us begin to awaken to the truth of Eternity and are able to dispel this ‘lie of satan,’ by responding to the call for love — even, and particularly, when it is expressed as attack — with love.
Nobody ever said this Kingdomly response is easy, at least, or especially, to start with; but it is achievable, with practise, with commitment and with remembering. Ego wants us to forget and keep on in the same old rut, ensuring further circuits on the carousel. The Holy Spirit knows that remembering will benefit us and our brethren, get us out of that rut and off that carousel. Permanently. This is as good as it gets because that carousel is not such a merry-go-round as we have thought, and an immeasurably more magnificent, eternally joyful experience awaits us. This has nothing to do with ‘dying’ before we can ‘get there’ because the Kingdom of Heaven is right here, right now.
Jesus reminds us that we do not (with our ego-dominated mind) respond to anything directly, but to our interpretation of it, and that thus, we perceive our response as justified by our interpretation. He says that we react to our interpretations — such as a call for love being attack — as if they were correct, yet there is (and can only be) one interpretation of motivation that makes any sense. This is the Holy Spirit’s judgement, and this requires no effort at all on our part. That judgement is that our brother is innocent, as are we, and that all perceptions/interpretations to the contrary are keeping us unwittingly trapped, imprisoned in time and place. Not just for the duration of our present act, but the next, and the next, and the next — indefinitely — until we change our mind.
Jesus goes on to say (Text, 215), that every loving thought is true, and that everything else is an appeal for help and healing, regardless of the form that appeal takes (e.g. an attack). Can anyone, he asks, be justified in responding with anger to a brother’s plea for help? No response, he says, can be appropriate except the willingness to give loving help to him, for this, and only this, is what he is asking for…
…Offer him anything else, and you are assuming the right to attack his reality by interpreting it as you see fit. Perhaps the danger of this to your own mind is not yet fully apparent. If you believe that an appeal for help is something else you will react to something else. Your response will therefore be inappropriate to reality as it is, but not to your perception of it. (So, we are confusing reality, or truth, with our upside-down, ego-muddled interpretation of it. Another point on the scorecard for ego, each time we allow it).
There is nothing to prevent you from recognizing all calls for help as exactly what they are except your own imagined need to attack. It is only this that makes you willing to engage in endless “battles” with reality, in which you deny the reality of the need for healing by making it unreal. You would not do this except for your unwillingness to accept reality as it is, and which you therefore withhold from yourself.
It is surely good advice to tell you not to judge what you do not understand. (Of course we think we do understand, hence the attacking response. Yet, had we attuned to our right — or Holy Spirit — mind, we would have seen through the apparent attack and realised that what we interpreted as attack was in truth a call for help). …If you are unwilling to perceive an appeal for help as what it is, it is because you are unwilling to give help and to receive it. (Such a posture cannot be of God’s Son but can only be of ego. This will assuredly help us to distinguish whether we are listening to the Holy Spirit part of our mind or the ego-dominated part, thus enabling us to choose again). To fail to recognize a call for help is to refuse (to receive) help. Would you maintain that you do not need it? Yet this is what you are maintaining when you refuse to recognize a brother’s appeal, for only by answering his appeal can you be helped. Deny him your help and you will not recognize God’s Answer to you. The Holy Spirit does not need your help in interpreting motivation, but you do need His.
Only appreciation is an appropriate response to your brother. Gratitude is due him for both his loving thoughts and his appeals for help, for both are capable of bringing love into your awareness if you perceive them truly. And all your sense of strain comes from your attempts not to do just this. How simple, then, is God’s plan for salvation. There is but one response to reality, for reality evokes no conflict at all. There is but one Teacher of reality, Who understands what it is. He does not change His Mind about reality because reality does not change. Although your interpretations of reality are meaningless in your divided state, His remain consistently true. He gives them to you because they are for you. Do not attempt to “help” a brother in your (ego-mind) way, for you cannot help yourself. But hear his call for the Help of God, and you will recognize your own need for the Father.
Your interpretations of your brother’s needs are your interpretation of yours. By giving help you are asking for it, and if you perceive but one need in yourself you will be healed. (What better motivation can there be for giving help in response to an appeal for help, even if that appeal is disguised as an attack?) …Every appeal you answer in the Name of Christ brings the remembrance of your Father closer to your awareness. For the sake of your need, then, hear every call for help as what it is, so God can answer you. (Is there one amongst us who can be insensitive to such compelling logic?)
By applying the Holy Spirit’s interpretation of the reactions of others more and more consistently, you will gain an increasing awareness that His criteria are equally applicable to you. For to recognize fear is not enough to escape from it, although the recognition is necessary to demonstrate the need for escape. The Holy Spirit must still translate the fear into truth. If you were left with the fear, once you had recognized it, you would have taken a step away from reality, not towards it. Yet we have repeatedly emphasised the need to recognize fear and face it without disguise as a crucial step in the undoing of the ego. Consider how well the Holy Spirit’s interpretation of the motives of others will serve you then. Having taught you to accept only loving thoughts in others and to regard everything else as an appeal for help, He has taught you that fear itself is an appeal for help…
Fear is a symptom of your own deep sense of loss. If when you perceive it in others you learn to supply the loss, the basic cause of fear is removed. Thereby you teach yourself that fear does not exist in you. (Could there be a better motivation for choosing to see a brother’s attack as a call for help, and responding lovingly to that call?) The means for removing it (fear) is in yourself, and you have demonstrated this by giving it (a loving response). Fear and love are the only emotions of which you are capable. One is false, for it was made out of denial; and denial depends on the belief in what is denied for its own existence. …Defences that do not work at all are automatically discarded. If you raise what fear conceals (love) to clear-cut unequivocal predominance, fear becomes meaningless. You have denied its power to conceal love, which was its only purpose. The veil (of fear) that you have drawn across the face of love has disappeared.
If you would look upon love, which is the world’s reality, how could you do better than to recognize, in every defence against it (love), the underlying appeal for it? And how could you better learn of its reality than by answering the appeal for it by giving it? …Thus does the Holy Spirit replace fear with love and translate error into truth. And thus will you learn of Him how to replace your dream of separation with the fact of unity. For the separation is only the denial of union, and correctly interpreted, attests to your eternal knowledge that union is true.
(Emboldening and some italics are mine, for emphasis).
Here’s to the Resurrection of all our minds back into oneness in the Sonship, for a truly glorious, never-ending celebration of our ascension back to Papa.
Many blessings for a happy and peaceful Easter,
March 26th 2008
Looking at Easter through the vision of Jesus and the Holy Spirit it is seen as being about the Resurrection. Looking at Easter through the perception of ego, it is about a conditionally-loving god requiring a blood sacrifice, crucifixion, death. Jesus knew there had to be demonstrated to his followers, and the wider world — using a mechanism (sacrifice), with which the Israel people were well familiar, from Moses’ time and before — a transformation of the way the people of Earth ‘see’ God, by taking, using, blood sacrifice (himself) to show how it is, in fact, meaningless.
It is meaningless, Jesus knew, because we are eternal, indestructible, innocent, and therefore sacrifice is totally unnecessary and inappropriate (except to the upside-down, insane ‘logic’ of ego) — and the Bible says so (Hos. 6:6; Mt. 12:7). The Resurrection is of not just Jesus, 2,000 years ago — though that historical event was/is a symbol, a precursor, a prophecy, a herald — but of the Sonship of Papa. The entire Sonship; you and me; all of us who mistakenly perceive ourselves as separate, little, guilty, destructible, weak, limited, imprisoned within a perishable body.
Assuredly, Jesus did resurrect his Earthly body — so that he could demonstrate resurrection and therefore eternal, indestructible life, in a way and at a level which was discernible to those who experienced his resurrected presence afterwards. He was functioning from the reality of Eternity, in which time is neither real nor meaningful, even though he knew that at that time (and until the 3rd measure of meal began the leavening process), this would not be understood by his sleeping, dreaming brethren. But he also knew that this did not matter because the understanding of the meaning of the Resurrection will be the result, the culmination, the effect of the GRP, not its cause.
That meaning is that it is the Mind, not the body of the entire Sonship that is being resurrected, by and through the GRP — which ACIM refers to as the Atonement (At-onement; see Message of Encouragement dated December 20th 2006 for explanation of this) — the fulcrum of which is true forgiveness. For as it says in The Disappearance of the Universe:True forgiveness is the real purpose of life (here, on Earth) but you’ve got to choose it in order to make it yours. Remember, practising real forgiveness can’t help but lead you home.
Sacrifice is perceived by ego mind as a necessary propitiation for guilt. Without guilt even ego could not make a case for sacrifice! Well, that’s good, because there is no guilt in reality; only imagined, falsely believed. How can we — anyone — be guilty of something we believe occurred, when it only appears to have occurred in a dream? On the other hand, innocence is worthy of celebration and the At-onement, the restoration, the Resurrection of the Sonship culminates in just such a cosmic, eternal celebration.
But the great thing about Eternity is that we don’t have to wait; It is available to us now, because Eternity is always, not some ‘future’ ‘time.’ So, as the cosmic celebration is already happening in Heaven (because Heaven is Eternity and the At-onement has already happened in the eternal always) and Heaven is a state of awareness, not a place from which we are barred until some future, indeterminate ‘time,’ we can celebrate, right along with Heaven, of which we are indivisibly part, now.
Celebration is about universal, unconditional love, happiness, freedom, joy, inner, inextinguishable, inexhaustible peace. It is hard — nay, impossible — to enter into that state from the ego-dominated part of our wrong-thinking, misperceiving mind, but it is a doddle from our right-thinking, Holy Spirit-inspired, true-vision restoring Mind. In fact, it is so easy that we don’t even have to think about it because it is an automatic, uplifting response; we simply find ourself there, in the ‘banquet chamber’ (Heaven/Eternity) wherein is ‘the banquet for all the senses.’ In order to awaken to the experience of that reality all that is required of us is a willingness to believe, to accept and to receive it. The Holy Spirit will then accomplish the Process of our restoration to that reality for us, effortlessly, collapsing time for us as we proceed with Him.
Here is how Jesus reminds us of guiltlessness and invulnerability (the reasons for inner peace, joy, celebration) in ACIM:
…the Holy Spirit shares the goal of all good teachers, whose ultimate aim is to make themselves unnecessary by teaching their pupils all they know. The Holy Spirit wants only this, for sharing the Father’s Love for His Son, He seeks to remove all guilt from his mind that he may remember his Father in peace (This peace is inner peace; the peace of Heaven. It is immeasurably more than simply a cessation of hostilities, and until one has experienced its life-transforming, uplifting-to-the-heights-of-Heaven vibration, one can have no concept of its total and absolute desirability, value and benefits, because nothing in this world comes within a country mile of it). Peace and guilt are antithetical, and the Father can be remembered only in peace. Love and guilt cannot coexist, and to accept one is to deny the other. Guilt hides Christ (That includes our very Self, even) from your (own) sight, for it is the denial of the blamelessness of God’s Son.
In the strange world that you have made the Son of God has sinned. How could you see him, then? By making him invisible, the world of retribution rose in the black cloud of guilt that you accepted, and you hold it dear. For the (actual) blamelessness of Christ is the proof that the ego never was, and can never be. Without guilt the ego has no life, and God’s Son is without guilt.
As you look upon your(little)self and judge what you do honestly, you may be tempted to wonder how you can be guiltless. Yet consider this: You are not guiltless in time, but in eternity. You have “sinned” in the past, but there is no past. Always has no direction. The Father is not cruel, and His Son cannot hurt himself. The retaliation that he fears and that he sees will never touch him, for although he believes in it the Holy Spirit knows it is not true. The Holy Spirit stands at the end of time, where (in reality) you must be because He is with you. He has already undone everything unworthy of the Son of God, for such was His mission, given Him by God. And what God gives has always been.
…the Son of God is guiltless. He has always sought his guiltlessness, and he has found it. For everyone is seeking to escape from the prison he has made, and the way to find release is not denied him. Being in him, he has found it. When he finds it is only a matter of time, and time is but an illusion. For the Son of God is guiltless now, and the brightness of his purity shines untouched forever in God’s Mind. God’s Son will always be as he was created. Deny your world and judge him not, for his eternal guiltlessness is in the Mind of his Father, and protects him forever.
...Let the holiness of God’s Son shine away the cloud of guilt that darkens your mind, and by accepting his purity as yours, learn of him that it is yours.
You are invulnerable because you are guiltless. You can hold on to the past only through guilt. For guilt establishes that you will be punished for what you have done, and thus depends on one-dimensional (linear) time, proceeding from past to future. No one who believes this can understand what “always” means, and therefore guilt must deprive you of the appreciation of eternity. You are immortal because you are eternal, and “always” must be now. Guilt, then, is a way of holding past and future in your mind to ensure the ego’s continuity. For if what has been will be punished, the ego’s continuity is guaranteed. Yet the guarantee of your continuity is God’s, not the ego’s.
…God has never condemned His Son, and being guiltless he is eternal.
You cannot dispel guilt by making it real, and then atoning for it. This is the ego’s plan, which it offers instead of dispelling it.
In the ego’s teaching, then, there is no escape from guilt. For attack makes guilt real, and if it is real there is no way to overcome it. The Holy Spirit dispels it simply through the calm recognition that it has never been. You, then, are saved because God’s Son is guiltless. And being wholly pure, you are invulnerable.
(Extract from Ch.13-I; my emboldening and some italics, for emphasis)
It may seem there is an excessive degree of repetition in this. We are reminded in ACIM and elsewhere that repetition is essential in order to get the message — truth — lodged in our upside-down mind, in order to get it right-side up again and re-unified with our Christ Mind. The fact that we, ‘humanity,’ have only just begun to get the first glimmerings of the message, 2,000 years after Jesus brought it to us (and has now given us his newly revised, updated and unexpurgated manual, courtesy of Helen Schucman) is, surely, sufficient to indicate how difficult it is to get that message lodged in our minds.J
Peace and joy be with us all,
April 2nd 2008
In this illusory realm we never stop calling into our awareness new opportunities to waken, or remember more and more of who we really are, until we finally, inevitably awaken fully to the certainty, beyond doubt, that we are, just as Jesus demonstrated 2,000 years ago, the Son of God. That process unfolds one step at a time, as we allow it.
That process has been very much part of my life, and continues to unfold, a step at a time, as one day follows another. This is in two forms: experience, and understanding. During my incarnation as Brian I have been blessed with many amazing experiences. Some of these have been clear immediately as to their meaning. Others have taken longer to understand, and that understanding, as for us all, continues to grow long after the experience in question has occurred.
In writing Synchronicity, for Goodness’ Sake (SFGS), I offered explanation(s) of some of those experiences as I understood them at the time of writing. For many of them my original understanding has remained unchanged, but for others, the process of understanding has continued to unfold, and there have been several occasions in the last 3 years when an update of SFGS has expanded on the meaning, thus helping to bring greater clarity of understanding of some of the events recorded. This is the great thing about the internet; it enables such updating to take place as and when appropriate.
Once we have invited the Holy Spirit to take over from ego as our Teacher, enlightenment of our mind continues and its restoration to right thinking ends only when it is fully returned to Christ Mind thinking. So I have been drawn to undertake another update of SFGS.
The objective of SFGS, as ever, is to help all who will to have a greater awareness of the real, living Jesus and be less fearful, more able to accept and trust, of his mystical reality, help, love, protection, guidance, enlightenment — personally, one-on-one — in our lives. I sincerely hope this latest version will be of benefit in all these respects, so that we may all journey together, in Kingdomly fellowship, into remembrance of who we are.
We are all Christ, the eternal, radiant, innocent (as distinct from guilty) one Son of the Father Creator. We have always been Christ, have never been and will never be anything else. All appearances to the contrary are self-delusional.
Either that statement is true or it is not. If it is not true, then we are no worse off sticking to who we have believed we are: little, separated — from each other and God, stuck in 3 dimensions, destined to return to dust after a twinkling of an eye, experiencing scarcity, fear — well, you have the picture.
However, if it is true, we are missing out on something and making do with immeasurably less — the opposite, in fact, of what we would be experiencing if we were to accept it as true. And we don’t have to accept anything less than our eternal heritage, right now, because it is already — as it has always been — ours, freely and lovingly, irreversibly given by our Creator, Papa.
From the first time I picked up ACIM, a little over 2 years ago, I have been in no doubt whatsoever that the Author is he whom we know as Jesus of Galilee, and that his message by it is absolutely and completely true (would a message from Jesus of Galilee be anything less?) That certainty is based on the overwhelming similarities between ACIM’s message and my own intimate and extensive experience of his living reality, personal, loving guidance, character, direction of the journey on which he has led me over more than 40 years.
But there is much more to my certainty than these words can convey, because it is the uplift of mind and spirit into a dimension, a state of rapture, joyful ecstasy, exaltation, inner peace, tranquillity, knowingness that is only of Spirit — all of which are unobtainable from anything that 3-dimensional perception or experience can bring us — that awareness of his loving proximity brings. Those uplifted, exalted states of being from my own experiences with him are identical to those engendered by the enlightenment that ACIM can bring to all who truly seek and earnestly desire to know and experience spiritual reality, eternal truth. That establishes a certainty of knowing that is nothing to do with intellect, reasoning, reckoning — the domain of our split-off ego-dominated mind.
That ego-dominated, split-off part of our mind will go to extraordinary, ludicrous, absurd, floundering lengths to explain away such experiences as unreal, delusional. Yet what ego cannot explain away is the inner peace, the release from fear, the spontaneous restoration of bodily health (which the world refers to as miracles, and of which it has no understanding), the agapé, unconditionally loving feelings we find for our fellows, where previously there were no such feelings. All these, and much more, are mystical, and ego has absolutely no knowledge or awareness of mystical reality because it is of Eternity, of the Creator Spirit, and ego is only of time and place.
For those of us over whom ego-mind appears to have a substantial degree of control, such possibilities seem to be unreal, unattainable while we believe we are stuck in 3 dimensions, so if it is attainable at all, it must be possible only after we have ‘died.’ Very convenient for ego, if we buy into it, which at present, most of humanity does. Yet ego actually only has any power over us that we ascribe to it. Once we choose to remember that all power is of God, and that what is not of Him has no power to do anything, we can choose with the Voice for God — the Spirit of Truth — who will bring us (along with our illusions) to the truth. And that truth will disenfranchise ego-mind’s apparent hold over us and set us free.
Because we are, and always have unalterably been, of One Mind — Christ Mind — we can commun(icat)e with all of that Mind, even the parts that believe themselves to be divided into ever greater numbers of bodies, and that they are little, finite, filled with darkness, despair, fear, greed, smugness, superciliousness, hubris, arrogance (or whatever other covers for fear any of us choose to adopt). Remembering that how we see our fellows is how we believe ourselves to be, we can allow ourselves to believe any ego-qualities in another — especially where broken relationships are involved — or we can choose to see only the face of Christ in our fellows; each and every one, including those with whom we believe we are experiencing a broken relationship.
Mind-to-Mind communing of true forgiveness helps us to see, and reach, past the outer, ego-shell of others to the true, inner — Christ — being that we and all our fellows are. The way to do this is first to desire to do it. If we don’t desire it, truly and earnestly, we are wasting our time because we are not yet ready, and without the sincerity of desire, nothing will happen. That is because the Holy Spirit knows our heart and mind and is not fooled by outer displays that lack inner substance.
If we desire it, we can simply have a conversation with our fellow traveller, with whom there appears outwardly to be a broken or damaged relationship, as if we were communicating with their true, real, Self — which, of course is exactly what we are doing — Mind to Mind. This would not work voice to voice, eyeball to eyeball if that other person is, outwardly, not ready. But that does not matter because the Holy Spirit acts as the silent, invisible intermediary, conveying the intent of our words to the other party and placing them in their heart and mind in a way we are unable to do without His help. In a mystical way, the Holy Spirit becomes the interlocutor on our behalf. It is worth remembering that we are, in our true, higher Self, the Holy Spirit.
As it says in The Disappearance of the Universe:
By(truly) forgiving your brothers and sisters, you are rejoining with what you really are. You’re telling the world and the bodily images you see that their behaviour can’t have any effect on you, and if they can’t have any effect on you, they don’t really exist separately from you. Thus there is no separation of any kind in reality…
The peace of the Holy Spirit will be given to you if you do your job(truly forgive). He will heal the larger, unconscious mind that is hidden from you, and give you His peace at the same time. This peace may not always come right away, and sometimes it will. Sometimes it may surprise you in the form of something happening that would normally upset you — except this time it doesn’t. All this will lead you to the Kingdom of Heaven, for along with the Holy Spirit you are doing the work that leads to the condition of peace — which is the Kingdom of Heaven.
Forgiveness is actually preparing you to re-enter the Kingdom of Heaven!
It may look like people aren’t accepting your forgiveness(at their ego-shell, outer level of appearance). That doesn’t matter (because with Mind to Mind communing, we are bypassing ego and reaching their true, Big Self, via the Holy Spirit). The Holy Spirit will hold your forgiveness in their minds until they are ready to accept it. It doesn’t even matter if the person is still “alive” in the body or not. The Holy Spirit will bridge the gap that seems to be in between the different aspects of your mind and make you whole (holy) again. For as the course says about you and your forgivee:
The Holy Spirit is in both your minds, and He is One because there is no gap that separates His Oneness from Itself. The gap between your bodies matters not, for what is joined in Him is always one.
As Papa said to me in August 1999:
The mystical path you have chosen is right for you, because you are comfortable upon it. How can this be wrong? You have chosen the direct route, VIA Jesus, My anointed messenger. How can you want for more, how can you imagine there is better?
The countdown to the Kingdom has, assuredly, begun. The third measure of meal is leavening in readiness for the banquet feast. As ever, we can all join in and experience its wonders, or we can be party-poopers. ☺
Peace and joy be with us all,
April 9th 2008
We move toward inner peace through acceptance. Inner peace is the only real peace. Anything else is a cardboard cut-out, counterfeit of real peace. Without inner peace we are, in mind and in body, sick. That sickness may take years, or even decades, to show up in our body, or in our mind. The most susceptible bodily areas are our digestive tract, arterial system, joints, but none is immune to the ravages of fear. There may be a hundred different symptoms, which the medics will treat with pills and drugs and potions, that may palliate or suppress the multifarious conditions, but the only real cure — and indeed, prevention — is inner peace. If we suppress an outer symptom with a drug or potion, the untreated cause (distress of heart and mind — i.e. the absence of inner peace) will still be there, and of a certainty will manifest in some other form or condition, equally or more severe, to our distress, because such symptoms are our inner Being calling to our attention that there are some areas of our life that are out of tune with It.
Ego always wants to keep changing everything, but Spirit — God — is perfect and therefore unchangeable. We do not change anything, but if we choose Jesus or the Holy Spirit to be our Guide and Teacher, They will change but one thing for us — our perspective, or awareness, or understanding, of what is reality. In our 3-dimensional, self-imprisoned state, we are ‘seeing,’ perceiving, unreality and allowing ourselves to believe it is real. It is only that (mistaken) belief that gives it a semblance of reality. Once we have decided to allow the Holy Spirit to change, or correct, our perspective we will start to see — that is, have true, spiritual discernment, or vision of — the actual, eternal reality, and that is something we can then begin, once more, to first believe and then experience, and ultimately, know, is real.
As our spirit vision, our real sight, gradually opens, under the control of the Holy Spirit, so does this dream world gradually lose its hold on our senses, or disappear from our sight. It is our inner awareness, inner recognition, inner remembrance that is being restored to us. Ego wants us to believe that this process, or anything else, can only happen by our own doing, and wants us to keep looking for answers in the without. All the while we allow the outer clamour to distract us from seeking within, our vision remains double, so we cannot truly see with our single, inner eye. The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil (or myopic, or ‘double’), thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness! (Mt. 6:22-23)
But how can we do it for ourself if we cannot see the reality, do not understand it, have disempowered ourselves by belief in separation? Just how ego wants it; we believe we have to do it but we don’t know how, so we remain stuck, looking for answers in the without, imprisoned in egoland, destined to keep on riding the carousel, indefinitely. Such misperception Jesus refers to as arrogance. Here is what he says about it in ACIM:
Arrogance is the denial of love, because love shares and arrogance withholds. As long as both appear to you to be desirable the concept of choice, which is not of God, will remain with you. While this is not true in eternity it is true in time, so that while time lasts in your mind there will be choices. Time itself is your choice. If you would remember eternity, you must look only on the eternal. If you allow yourself to become preoccupied with the temporal, you are living in time. As always, your choice is determined by what you value. Time and eternity cannot both be real, because they contradict each other. If you will accept only what is timeless as real, you will begin to understand eternity and make it yours.
(T-10.V.14. My emboldening, for emphasis.)
To most of us, apparently ‘stuck’ here in time, accepting only what is timeless as real, seems insurmountably hard because ego keeps distracting us with ‘stuff’ that belongs exclusively to time (and therefore, definitely not to Eternity). Yet the Holy Spirit will, if we are willing to accept that he can and will accomplish this for us (because we are God’s beloved Son, dearly, totally, unconditionally loved, and truly innocent), accomplish our At-onement, restoration to fullness of remembrance of who we really are — pure, guiltless Christ — for us, on our behalf, because we are, in reality, one with the Holy Spirit, Whose dwelling place is our own within. ‘Inner’ is the key because there is no without; only within. Inner is always; always with us, unchanging and unchangeable. There is nothing to do that will get us Home; only to be; what we are, have always been and always will be.
So, we can give thanks that by virtue of the Great Rescue Programme we are, even now, moving into the restoration, the resurrection, of our mind and vision to Truth and Light, now, and forever.
We are all, already, in Eternity, Heaven, and have always been. It is our true and only Home, which we have never left. That is the truth, the actuality, and is unalterable, other than in fantasy, which can never alter the truth. Ego, which has no existence other than imagined in a tiny, split-off part of our mind, has been pulling our strings, manipulating us since the separation that never happened. The illusion, the lie, the prestidigitation, has now been revealed, exposed, explained, and we can wake up from ego’s spell, in whose thrall we have been held, hypnotised, for so long. This is what the GRP is all about, and is much bigger — all encompassing — than our imagined, separated, contrary mind can grasp. And it certainly cannot prevent the GRP from fulfilling its objective of waking us, however much we wish to delay participating in it by choosing relentlessly to follow ego’s script of time and place ‘reality.’
In spring and autumn we move the clocks forward or backward an hour. This means we all agree to believe that where previously it was noon when the sun reached a certain point in the sky, suddenly, it reaches that point at 1 pm, or vice-versa. A self-deluding trick which we all agree we will go along with, simply because it holds some convenience for us. This is our free-will choice, but it does indicate that ‘time’ is not an unalterable, cosmic, eternal reality. We have made it up. Time, along with everything else we choose to believe or perceive, all depends on how we choose to see it. That, and that alone, is all that gives any sense of reality to what we choose to believe, and therefore make our reality.
If we choose to recognise the so-called attributes of ‘time and place’ as illusions — that it is not all ‘out there,’ but in our mind — then we can begin to realise that we are at free choice to experience the reality of Eternity, simply by changing our mind and switching our focus to another dimension; the dimension of Eternity, or Heaven. This does not seem easy, because ego is cunning and will use every trick in the book to distract us and thus keep us focussed on the illusory ‘out there,’ but it is achievable. How can we be so sure? Because we have the example of our loving brother Jesus, who will show us, guide us, lead us, teach us, if only we are willing to believe and to trust what with our ego-dominated mind we cannot yet believe and trust, even though we truly desire so to do. For those of us who are still held in the perception that Jesus is ‘exalted, up there’ and we are forever ‘lowly, down here,’ he says:
Awe should be reserved for revelation, to which it is perfectly and correctly applicable. It is not appropriate for miracles because a state of awe is worshipful, implying that one of a lesser order stands before his Creator. You are a perfect creation, and should experience awe only in the presence of the Creator of perfection. The miracle is therefore a sign of love among equals. Equals should not be in awe of one another because awe implies inequality. It is therefore an inappropriate reaction to me. An elder brother is entitled to respect for his greater experience, and obedience for his greater wisdom. He is also entitled to love because he is a brother, and to devotion if he is devoted. It is only my devotion that entitles me to yours. There is nothing about me that you cannot attain. I have nothing that does not come from God. The difference between us now is that I have nothing else. This leaves me in a state which is only potential in you.
(T-1.II.3. My emboldening, for emphasis.)
We can never find true inner peace in egoland. Only by acceptance that we cannot do this (wake up to the fact that we are Home) by ourself, but that with the loving guidance and correcting of our misperceptions by our true Teacher, can we achieve that state of being known as inner peace, because inner peace is the state of Heaven.
Love, peace and light,
Behold the Son of God (that’s all of us), and look upon his purity
and be still. In quiet look upon his holiness, and offer thanks
unto his Father that no guilt has ever touched him. (T-13.X.11:10)
April 16th 2008
As stated on previous occasions, ego (the ‘prince of time and place’) wants to complicate everything. If ego had a motto, it might be ‘complicate, complicate.’ Have we not all observed that in today’s culture, which has a perception that if a thing is not complex/complicated, surely it cannot be any good? How misleading and misrepresentative of the truth of Eternity is that!?
We can take it as a given that since time and place is an illusory attempt at being the opposite of Eternity (in a vain effort at hiding from God, like a small child putting his hands over his eyes and saying to his dad, ‘You can’t see me’) in absolute contrast, we can know of a certainty beyond doubt that the Holy Spirit’s motto would be ‘Simplify, simplify’ — a breath of fresh air and a ray of glorious light in a lunatic, stifling, dark and stultifying world.
Ego wants to keep us in spiritual darkness; Holy Spirit wants, earnestly, to enlighten us. Most of us here in dreamland are oscillating between our true, natural inclination to seek/return to the light and our ego-indoctrinated mind, causing us, out of fear, to be taking refuge in the dark. It is hardly surprising, then, that mankind reels to and fro: They mount up to the heaven, they go down again to the depths: their soul is melted because of trouble. They reel to and fro, and stagger like a drunken man, and are at their wits’ end. (Ps. 107:26-27).
Of course ego doesn’t want us to remember our true Home; how else could it keep us fearful of God and Eternity? 2,000 years ago Jesus said the Kingdom has come amongst us. Yet how can we experience It if we are shutting ourselves off from experiencing the reality, proximity and availability of Heaven and all our loved ones (especially since we do it out of fear) in the Realms of Light, who so dearly long to share with us the Joy of Heaven.
We have allowed ourself to be misled into believing that Eternity is something we can experience only after we ‘die,’ and since ego has also persuaded us God is vengeful, jealous, angry, etc., we remain fearful of ‘death’ because it is ‘unknown,’ and could/will bring us face to face with that wrath and its punishment for all our ‘sins.’ Most of humanity has become inured into thinking that ‘that is simply the way it is;’ the truth is that ‘this is the way it isn’t.’
Jesus tells us that we do not, ever, die (because we are eternal, perfect spirit, not a body), and that the Kingdom of Heaven, or Eternity, is at hand, all around us and within us; that we can — as he did when he appeared to be ‘with a body’ 2,000 years ago — experience, and manifest the Kingdom here and now, while we appear to be with a body. All we have to do is believe and co-operate with the Holy Spirit by allowing Him to accomplish our experiencing of the Kingdom for us.
To those who incredulously and sardonically say, ‘Oh, fine, no problem then; job done,’ let us remind ourselves that there is no gap, no line of demarcation, no separation between us — all of us — and the Holy Spirit; because just as Jesus fully identifies himself with the Holy Spirit (because he has not denied himself the truth), so are we, his brethren in the Sonship, one with him in the Holy Spirit.
This is the last thing ego wants us to remember because it will be — is — ego’s undoing. Time is ego’s domain, its principality, where we, labouring under ego’s yoke of judgement are, illusorily speaking, separate, hiding from that condemnatory god, who has no knowledge of our whereabouts, so we can — albeit temporarily — escape his wrath. So the prospect of dying and thus coming before him for that aweful judgement is terrifying. Time is literally running out, to the advantage/benefit of God’s Holy Son and His re-awakening to the light from his momentary dream of darkness, and to the dispelling of ego, which exists only in that dream.
Here are some words of clarification, enlightenment and encouragement from Jesus in ACIM, ch. 14 section VI. My emboldening and italics, for emphasis:
The journey that we undertake together is the exchange of dark for light, of ignorance for understanding. Nothing you understand is fearful. It is only in darkness and in ignorance that you perceive the frightening (it is the light of truth that only an upside-down, fragmented mind could perceive as hidden and therefore fearful), and shrink away from it to further darkness. And yet it is only the hidden that can terrify, not for what it is, but for its hidden-ness. The obscure is frightening because you do not understand its meaning. If you did, it would be clear and you would be no longer in the dark. Nothing has hidden value, for what is hidden cannot be shared, and so its value is unknown. The hidden is kept apart, but value always lies in joint appreciation. What is concealed cannot be loved, and so it must be feared.
The quiet light in which the Holy Spirit dwells within you is merely perfect openness, in which nothing is hidden and therefore nothing is fearful. Attack will always yield to love if it is brought to love, not hidden from it. There is no darkness that the light of love will not dispel, unless it is concealed from love’s beneficence (we, therefore, can take heart, take courage, and shrug off our fear in absolute confidence that the light of Eternity is only benign, loving, blessing, and that only by continuing to allow it to be perceived as fearful can it be fearful). What is kept apart from love cannot share its healing power, because it has been separated off and kept in darkness. The sentinels of darkness watch over it carefully, and you who made these guardians of illusion out of nothing are now afraid of them (How unserviceable to our wellbeing is that!?).
Would you continue to give imagined power to these strange ideas of safety? They are neither safe nor unsafe. They do not protect; neither do they attack. They do nothing at all, being nothing at all. As guardians of darkness and of ignorance look to them only for fear, for what they keep obscure is fearful. But let them go, and what was fearful will be so no longer (this is so; it works, if only we can summon the courage to let go; having done so, we will experience how easy it was, how peaceful it is, and wonder why we delayed so long). Without protection of obscurity only the light of love remains, for only this has meaning and can live in light (this surely demonstrates that, as indicated above, the job of Eternity is to simplify, simplify, and it is by shining light into the imagined darkness that this happens. How brilliant is that?). Everything else must disappear.
Death yields to life simply because destruction is not true. The light of guiltlessness shines guilt away because, when they are brought together, the truth of one must make the falsity of its opposite perfectly clear. Keep not guilt and guiltlessness apart, for your belief that you can have them both is meaningless (so, good news; we can stop oscillating☺). All you have done by keeping them apart is lose their meaning by confusing them with each other. And so you do not realize that only one means anything. The other is wholly without sense of any kind.
You have regarded the separation as a means for breaking your communication with your Father. The Holy Spirit reinterprets it as a means of re-establishing what was not broken, but has been made obscure. All things you made have use to Him, for His most holy purpose. He knows you are not separate from God, but He perceives much in your mind that lets you think you are. All this and nothing else would He separate from you. The power of decision, which you made in place of the power of creation, He would teach you how to use on your behalf. You who made it to crucify yourself must learn of Him how to apply it to the holy cause of restoration (and thus turn the tables on, and dispel, ego).
You who speak in dark and devious symbols do not understand the language you have made (ego’s job is to spread confusion, bewilderment, misunderstanding, anger, rage attack, by having its slaves say what they do not mean and hear what has not been said. We see this endemically in the time and place illusion). It has no meaning, for its purpose is not communication, but rather the disruption of communication (disinformation). If the purpose of language is communication, how can this tongue mean anything? Yet even this strange and twisted effort to communicate through not communicating (we see this in institutions such as governments — e.g. as Beijing regarding Tibet, corporate giants, the media and others) holds enough of love to make it meaningful if its interpreter is not its maker (i.e. the Holy Spirit). You who made it are but expressing conflict, from which the Holy Spirit would release you. Leave what you would communicate to Him. He will interpret it to you with perfect clarity, for He knows with Whom you are in perfect communication.
You know not what you say, and so you know not what is said to you. Yet your Interpreter perceives the meaning in your alien language. He will not attempt to communicate the meaningless. But He will separate out all that has meaning, dropping off the rest and offering your true communication to those who would communicate, as truly with you. You speak two languages at once, and this must lead to unintelligibility. Yet if one means nothing and the other everything, only that one is possible for purposes of communication. The other but interferes with it.
The Holy Spirit’s function is entirely (real, proper, unequivocal, unmistakeable) communication. He therefore must remove whatever interferes with communication in order to restore it. Therefore, keep no source of interference from His sight, for He will not attack your sentinels. But bring them to Him and let His gentleness teach you that, in the light, they are not fearful, and cannot serve to guard the dark doors behind which nothing at all is carefully concealed. We must open all doors and let the light come streaming through. There are no hidden chambers in God’s temple. Its gates are open wide to greet His Son. No one can fail to come where God has called him, if he close not the door himself upon his Father’s welcome (none of us actually wants to close the door on Papa, yet we are allowing ego to do it for us without even being aware of it. A clear case of date rape).
Courage, mes amis, le diable est mort!
Love and light,
April 23rd 2008
Ever since I began to become aware of the reality of Eternity, the Kingdom of Heaven and the Great Rescue Programme of the living Jesus for us all, it has been uppermost in my mind that if I did not give priority attention to that reality, and progress as far as I possibly could in this act, rather than allowing myself to become sidetracked by matters of temporal consideration, that when I came toward the end of my sojourn here, there would be one overriding shadow clouding and consuming my thoughts: regret. Regret that I had opportunity to accomplish much more forward progress toward my — our — Destination, and wasted too much of that opportunity on matters that, in the final analysis — Eternity — are meaningless.
This does not imply that one should abandon all time-and-place activity or endeavour and become reclusive or ascetic. It does imply that getting our priorities into an order that will be serviceable to our true, eternal Self will be highly beneficial to our optimal progress toward Home. How can we optimise our progress toward our eternal Destiny while we are still functioning within the antithesis of Heaven — this illusory world of time and place?
First, we can remember, and keep reminding ourself each time ego sneaks up on us (as ego is wont to do) and sidetracks us with issues of its own making, such as fear about the mortgage, divisions manifesting as terrorism (have you noticed how the media is in a feeding frenzy on that, keeping the fires stoked?), illness, hubris, ‘empire building,’ greed, scarcity and 1001 other examples, all of which stem from one cause: the mistaken belief in separation from God, Who is our All-Sufficiency. That means that we can choose to see every encounter, every day — in the workplace and in any social and domestic setting — as an opportunity to be and to radiate who we really are: Love, Peace, Truth, Light; God’s eternal Son.
How easy that sounds, and how hard it can be in practise all the while ego has any say in the matter. This is why FTOC is such an invaluable tool in attuning with the Holy Spirit for help undoing ego-scripted wrong-mindedness and moving toward right-mindedness. As Jesus says, …You are much too tolerant of mind wandering, and are passively condoning your (ego-dominated) mind’s miscreations. (ACIM, T.29). Those opportunities will, assuredly, keep turning up every day, heavily disguised as adversity — the boss being against us, the children driving us crazy, that lunatic driver cutting us up in the traffic — and this is where the linchpin of true forgiveness comes into such powerful service. Without it, we are, according to ACIM, stuck on the carousel indefinitely.
My dear, beloved mother used to complain to me that her life was filled with adversity and I would say to her, ‘Ma, if you can see those adversities as opportunities they will be helpful for your spiritual growth,’ and she would reply, ‘I wish the Lord would stop sending me so many opportunities!’ She was, sadly, missing the point that she was calling into her own presence those opportunities, as we all are, until we recognise them for what they are, forgive them (and ourself) and thereby provide the right conditions for the Holy Spirit to transform them into fulfilment on our behalf (because we have disempowered ourself, so cannot do it alone).
Each opportunity fulfilled is another forward step on the way Home. Each opportunity taken shortens the journey; each opportunity missed prolongs the journey and has to be faced again (and again, and again, if need be, until we finally forgive it and release it and ourself) at some future moment.
My mother has been taking intensive Guidance since she laid aside her body in 1994 and I have become aware during the last few months that she is now well advanced in the planning of her next act, which will begin, so I believe, in the next 15 or 20 years. She has even selected the mother (always by mutual agreement) through whom she will make her next entry into time, and is resolute in her commitment to using that act for making optimal progress toward Home. Whether it will be her final act is not, of course, known to me, but I have no doubt that if it is not, it will be used to take the best advantage possible of as many opportunities to transform adversity into fulfilment as she chooses to call into her presence.
My parents have both made it known to me since their passing that my blessings for and sharing with them of the unfolding awareness of eternal reality which has been my life’s path have helped them immeasurably. We all can be of such blessing and help to our loved ones, whether they are still with a body or have left it behind, by sharing through Mind-to-Mind communing, BLASERing and forgiving. Such endeavour is not an act of proselytising but a commitment to loving and forgiving. And by helping others in this, or any other way, we benefit ourself, simply because… you guessed it; there is only one of us.
One-pointed, steadfast commitment to practising true forgiveness pays untold dividends. As it says in The Disappearance of the Universe,
…Once your mind has learned all its forgiveness lessons, then it awakens to spirit, or soul, and everything else is gone except Heaven.
True forgiveness, then, is the mechanism by which we are released from imprisonment in time and slavery to ego-mind, and restored to At-onement with Papa in the Sonship. It means the end of fear, guilt and doubt, and their substitution with our true estate: inner peace. Inner peace means we are restored to truth, love, joy — eternally. Here is what Jesus has to say about this in ACIM, chapter 15, section II:
The Atonement is in time, but not for time. Being in you, it is eternal. What holds remembrance of God cannot be bound by time. No more are you. For unless God is bound, you cannot be. An instant offered to the Holy Spirit is offered to God on your behalf, and in that instant you will awaken gently in Him (This is referred to throughout ACIM as the ‘holy instant’). In the blessed instant you will let go all your past (ego) learning, and the Holy Spirit will quickly offer you the whole lesson of peace (a lesson of which we are bereft in time and place). What can take time, when all the obstacles to learning it have been removed? Truth is so far beyond time that all of it happens at once. For as it was created one, so its oneness depends not on time at all.
Do not be concerned with time, and fear not the instant of holiness that will remove all fear. For the instant of peace is eternal because it is without fear. It will come, being the lesson God gives you, through the Teacher He has appointed to translate time into eternity (it is worth pausing a moment, to take in the enormity, the blessing, the magnificence, the certainty of this statement) . Blessed is God’s Teacher, Whose joy it is to teach God’s holy Son his holiness. His joy is not contained in time (why would we cling so tenaciously to the illusion of time if it is not ego pulling our strings?). His teaching is for you because His joy is yours. Through Him you stand before God’s altar, where He gently translates hell into Heaven. For it is only in Heaven that God would have you be (is there one of us who would not prefer to be there with Him? And only fear — an illusion — prevents it.)
How long can it take to be where God would have you? For you are where you have forever been and will forever be. All that you have, you have forever. The blessed instant reaches out to encompass time, as God extends Himself to encompass you (and all we have to do is respond to His encompassing embrace). You who have spent days, hours and even years in chaining your brothers to your ego in an attempt to support it and uphold its weakness, do not perceive the Source of strength. In this holy instant you will unchain all your brothers, and refuse to support either their weakness or your own. (It is this holy instant when the switch from ego-mind domination to Holy Spirit Mind awareness begins to take over our perception and enlighten us. By asking the Holy Spirit to take charge over our thinking we authorise Him thusly, so He is able to begin helping us, and the process is exponentially speeded up, collapsing time in the process. Then the journey immediately becomes less hazardous, less obstacle-strewn, markedly more straightforward. This, of course, only happens when we mean it with all sincerity, and that will be when we are truly ready.)
You do not realize how much you have misused your brothers by seeing them as sources of ego support. As a result, they witness to the ego in your perception, and seem to provide reasons for not letting it go. Yet they are far stronger and much more compelling witnesses for the Holy Spirit. And they support His strength. It is, therefore, your choice whether they support the ego or the Holy Spirit in you. And you will recognize which you have chosen by their reactions. A Son of God (that’s us) who has been released through the Holy Spirit in a brother (by our true forgiveness of that brother) is always recognized (by that brother). He (that Son of God) cannot be denied. If you remain uncertain, it is only because you have not given complete release. And because of this, you have not given a single instant completely to the Holy Spirit. For when you have, you will be sure you have. You will be sure because the witness to Him will speak so clearly of Him that you will hear and understand. You will doubt until you hear one witness whom you have wholly released through the Holy Spirit. And then you will doubt no more (is this not a truly desirable objective?).
The holy instant has not yet happened to you. Yet it will, and you will recognize it with perfect certainty. No gift of God is recognized in any other way. You can practice the mechanics of the holy instant, and will learn much from doing so. Yet its shining and glittering brilliance, which will literally blind you to this world by its own vision, you cannot supply. And here it is, all in this instant, complete, accomplished and given wholly.
Start now to practice your little part in separating out the holy instant. You will receive very specific instructions as you go along (as we ask for Guidance from the Holy Spirit, on every significant decision we face). To learn to separate out this single second, and to experience it as timeless, is to begin to experience yourself as not separate (heralding the end of ego-mind domination). Fear not that you will not be given help in this. God’s Teacher and His lesson will support your strength. It is only your weakness that will depart from you in this practice, for it is the practice of the power of God in you. Use it but for one instant, and you will never deny it again. Who can deny the Presence of what the universe bows to, in appreciation and gladness? Before the recognition of the universe that witnesses to It, your doubts must disappear.
(Emboldening, underlining and some italics are mine, for emphasis).
When our doubts disappear, which they assuredly do when we place ourself under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, then we are really experiencing the power of God in us, just as Jesus did and we are destined to do. We don’t have to wait, for Eternity is now.
April 30th 2008
Although ‘Satan’ and ego are one and the same, there are some subtle, yet crucial differences, albeit, only in perception. With Satan, we tend to think ‘he’ is ‘out there’ – lurking around trying to ensnare us in all his murderous wiles and skulduggery – and this can lull us into thinking he is not who we are; he is, somehow, separate from us, and so as long as we are ‘good’ we will be safe from him and his lair – hopefully! This can cause us to believe that, at least in this instance, separation is a good thing.
Of course Satan is but the anthropomorphising of ego, by ego, to throw us off the scent, so we won’t realise it is closer than we thought. Ego is not ‘out there’ but ‘in here,’ right inside part of our mind, surreptitiously causing us to see things upside down, back to front, the wrong way round, and yet believe them as correct, the way it is. This is so clandestine that most of us are unable to distinguish between our real self and ego pretending to be us.
But now the truth about all this is out — thanks to Jesus and his manual for getting us Home — we can start to seriously work on the one true, good and right separation: us from ego. Ego is a part of our mind (not brain) that became split-off as a result of the ‘tiny, mad idea’ of separation, and wants us to be alone, fearful, guilty. It is the opposite of all that is of God and Heaven, and our true Self, which is God’s pure, innocent Son, all-empowered by God with all the attributes of our Father-Creator. It is not our real, true, all-knowing Mind because that is in the Mind of God, safe, eternally at peace.
This actually makes ego very easy to recognise when it is influencing our thoughts. If we are functioning from our true, right-thinking, Christ Mind we will be in a state of inner peace, and will be extending — radiating — love, joy and wholeness. If we are functioning from the split-off, upside-down ego-indoctrinated part of our mind we will be experiencing and projecting fear, doubt, guilt, uncertainty, judgemental and attacking thoughts, comparison, lack of self-worth; in fact, anything other than inner peace means ego is in charge.
That gives us an indicator of the scale of the problem, though we cannot see the complete magnitude of it because the full awfulness is hidden deep in an unconscious part of that split-off mind, as it is too much for us to bear. And all the while it is left there, un-dispelled, fragments of it will keep rising to the surface and manifesting as more guilt, fear and hate. Tickets for more rides on the carousel.
And now we can understand the vital need for mind re-training, to being dominated by the thinking of the Holy Spirit (which is our true Self, so it is not a case of being brainwashed by some alien intelligence!) instead of ego, which could be said to be an alien, insane form of intelligence! By increasing our attunement to the Voice for God — the Holy Spirit — we move closer to the Holy Instant and weaken ego’s hold on our mind and our life.
We are urged in ACIM and in The Disappearance of the Universe to attune with Papa first thing in the morning and last thing at night. This can be a very difficult thing to do at each end of the day because our minds can be a bit foggy upon waking from a night’s sleep (or from lack of the same) and tired at the end of a busy day. Further, this is the last thing ego wants us to do, so will cause as many distractions and as much fog to cloud our thoughts as possible. One of the best ways around that is to have a pre-prepared script written or typed out, so we can read directly from it, to start and end each day with an attunement aide-memoire.
I asked the Holy Spirit to inspire me with an example of what might serve this function and here is what came through:
Beloved Heavenly Papa: thank You, thank You, thank You for Your constant, unfailing love and blessing, and for the remembrance that I am Your beloved Son, whole, pure, innocent and empowered in all things by Your Spirit.
I choose to greet every encounter today with the love and joy of Heaven that You freely give to me every moment; to remember that those who are not expressing love are calling for it, thus providing me with a glorious opportunity to extend to them the Heavenly love, joy and peace that is rightfully theirs, and to forgive myself and them in our momentary forgetfulness for all that in reality we have never done, that all may be forgiven, and all my brethren and I may be restored to the oneness of the Sonship in You.
Thank You for giving Your Voice, the Holy Spirit, to be with me every moment, to help and inspire me to stay alert to all opportunities, to remain focussed on and be vigilant and disciplined for the Kingdom of Heaven that You have placed in me.
This is also posted on the Forum page, in response to Hayley’s request for help. Having something like this to read — obviously speaking the words to Papa with complete sincerity, otherwise nothing happens — takes away the angst or frustration that can lead us to give up on the idea because of lack of success, which can be the case without a help such as this. This shuts ego out of the process and improves our confidence over time that we can commun(icat)e with God. Please feel free to use this in any form or with any alterations you may find serviceable for your attuning activity, at either end of your day, or at any other time.
Here is some of the most inspiring and uplifting exhortation from ACIM within the context of the foregoing. It is hard to imagine anyone not being encouraged by these words from chapter 15:
IV. Practising the Holy Instant
This course is not beyond immediate learning, unless you believe that what God wills takes time. And this means only that you would rather delay the recognition that His Will is so. The holy instant is this instant and every instant. The one you want it to be it is. The one you would not have it be is lost to you. You must decide when it is. Delay it not. For beyond the past and future, where you will not find it, it stands in shimmering readiness for your acceptance (right now) . Yet you cannot bring it into glad awareness while you do not want it, for it holds the whole release from littleness. (If one were to be asked, ‘Would you like to be released from littleness and awakened to the true magnitude of who you really are?’ is there one of us who would say ‘No’ in response?)
Your practice must therefore rest upon your willingness to let all littleness go. The instant in which magnitude dawns upon you is but as far away as your desire for it. As long as you desire it not and cherish littleness instead, by so much is it far from you. By so much as you want it will you bring it nearer. Think not that you can find salvation in your own way and have it. (We have been trying that literally since the dawn of time, and ego has made and will continue to make it unachievable, until we choose with the Holy Spirit instead). Give over every plan you have made for your salvation in exchange for God’s. His will content you, and nothing else can bring you peace. For peace is of God, and no one beside Him.
Be humble before Him, and yet great in Him. And value no plan of the ego before the plan of God. (All ego’s plans are designed to fail us). For you leave empty your place in His plan, which you must fill if you would join with me, by your decision to join in any plan but His. I call you to fulfil your holy part in the plan that He has given to the world for its release from littleness. (This plan, the GRP, is real, is in full operation as we read these words, and is infallible and unstoppable). God would have His host (that’s us) abide in perfect freedom. Every allegiance to a plan of salvation apart from Him diminishes the value of His Will for you in your own mind (just what ego wants!) And yet it is your mind that is the host to Him (by co-operating with the Holy Spirit in the re-training of our mind we can actually experience being host to Him; a joy beyond description).
Would you learn how perfect and immaculate is the holy altar on which your Father has placed Himself? This you will recognize in the holy instant, in which you willingly and gladly give over every plan but His. For there lies peace, perfectly clear because you have been willing to meet its conditions. You can claim the holy instant any time and anywhere you want it. In your practice, try to give over every plan you have accepted for finding magnitude in littleness. It is not there. Use the holy instant only to recognize that you alone cannot know where it is, and can only deceive yourself. (This is clearly telling us we cannot get Home without help; only ego wants us to believe we can, and ego lies).
I stand within the holy instant, as clear as you would have me. And the extent to which you learn to accept me is the measure of the time in which the holy instant will be yours. I call to you to make the holy instant yours at once, for the release from littleness in the mind of the host of God depends on willingness, and not on time.
The reason this course is simple is that truth is simple. Complexity is of the ego, and is nothing more than the ego’s attempt to obscure the obvious. You could live forever in the holy instant, beginning now and reaching to eternity, but for a very simple reason. Do not obscure the simplicity of this reason, for if you do, it will be only because you prefer not to recognize it and not to let it go. The simple reason, simply stated, is this: The holy instant is a time in which you receive and give perfect communication. This means, however, that it is a time in which your mind is open, both to receive and give. It is the recognition that all minds are in communication. It therefore seeks to change nothing, but merely to accept everything. (If we are able to wholeheartedly accept the import of this paragraph and receive its implication into our being and live by and for it, it will, assuredly, collapse time for us by an exponential order of magnitude).
How can you do this when you would prefer to have private thoughts and keep them? The only way you could do that would be to deny the perfect communication that makes the holy instant what it is. You believe you can harbour thoughts you would not share, and that salvation lies in keeping thoughts to yourself alone. (That is ego’s plan for us because it keeps us here in time indefinitely). For in private thoughts, known only to yourself, you think you find a way to keep what you would have alone, and share what you would share. And then you wonder why it is that you are not in full communication with those around you, and with God Who surrounds all of you together.
Every thought you would keep hidden shuts communication off, because you would have it so. It is impossible to recognize perfect communication while breaking communication holds value to you. Ask yourself honestly, “Would I want to have perfect communication, and am I wholly willing to let everything that interferes with it go forever?” If the answer is no, then the Holy Spirit’s readiness to give it to you is not enough to make it yours, for you are not ready to share it with Him. And it cannot come into a mind that has decided to oppose it. For the holy instant is given and received with equal willingness, being the acceptance of the single Will that governs all thought.
The necessary condition for the holy instant does not require that you have no thoughts that are not pure (thank goodness, or we’d all be in trouble!) But it does require that you have none that you would keep. Innocence is not of your making. It is given you the instant you would have it. Atonement would not be if there were no need for it. You will not be able to accept perfect communication as long as you would hide it from yourself (There was never a better moment for us to choose with the Holy Spirit to bring to an end our tragic game of hide and seek). For what you would hide is hidden from you. In your practice, then, try only to be vigilant against deception, and seek not to protect the thoughts you would keep to yourself. Let the Holy Spirit’s purity shine them away, and bring all your awareness to the readiness for purity He offers you. Thus will He make you ready to acknowledge that you are host to God, and hostage to no one and to nothing. (Alleluia!)
(My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis).
Such words are encouraging and empowering beyond all vain imagining. They can also engender an unprecedented time of heart-searching. So let us join Jesus and the Holy Spirit on the fast-track travelator Homeward to the eternal holy instant.
Peace and Joy be with us all,
May 7th 2008
Most of us think it is desirable to avoid adversity by any means we can. That simply means delaying or prolonging the inevitable because whatever ‘turns up’ is not chance, coincidence, happenstance or accident; it is opportunity, and from our Higher Self we have called it into our presence so that we might learn and grow spiritually by it. Sweeping it under the rug will not do that, but it will mean we will have to face it again on another occasion because these are opportunities to outwork unresolved issues, heal broken relationships and assist in our restoration to the oneness that is who and what we really are.
The great thing about facing it when it shows up (which is always, actually, at the right moment, so ignoring it then is missing perfect timing) is not only that it gets that particular lesson under our belt and gives us a sense of accomplishment, relief and peace of mind, but it also collapses time and saves us from the need to experience other such similar events, or opportunities, because we have learned the lesson, so we can move on to greater things sooner, bringing us meaningfully closer to our Destination.
The reason most of us prefer to ‘delay the evil day’ is fear. Fear of the unknown, fear of grief, pain, punishment, loss, scarcity or some other effect of ego’s evil doing. But ego is not out there, having a go at us, and we cannot hide from it any more than we can hide from Papa (although many of us are trying to do both). We can only dispel ego from our mind (its only habitat) by bringing our illusions to the truth (since ego is an illusion). Ego is darkness; but there is no such thing as darkness, it does not exist. Darkness is simply an absence of something that does exist: light.
‘That’s all very well,’ many will say, ‘but when there is an absence of light, darkness appears to prevail, and feels very real; and it is scary.’ Fear is as ubiquitous in this world as people, because wherever there are people, there is fear. Even those of us who appear to be safe, experiencing material abundance and health are fearful of many things; death, ill-health, loss, loneliness — just like everyone else. We can know this to be so because none of us would seem to be here — apparently separate from God — if it was not for fear.
Jesus tells us over and over in ACIM that he, and Papa, and the Holy Spirit trust us implicitly, absolutely, completely, totally, unhesitatingly, unreservedly. Yet most of us don’t trust ourself, let alone anyone else. This is hardly surprising, considering we have been stuck in the Badlands, enemy territory, where treachery, betrayal, duplicity, are everywhere and we have all experienced these in one form or another and felt as if they were very real.
Yet all this is an illusion, and the truth is we are all trustworthy because we are all Christ. It is time to see past the illusion now, because we are on the Home straight of our journey back to Eternity with Papa, in the oneness. Not being aware of that truth causes us doubt, uncertainty, mistrust, of ourself and our fellows, unnecessary delay in arriving at our Glorious Destination. Opening our eyes and receiving the light to illumine our true vision once more dispels the doubts and the mistrust. The light is there, constantly, unfailingly, yet we have obscured it from our vision by believing in our own littleness.
But the Holy Spirit is not blind to it at all, and He — Who is the real us, just as He was, and is, the real Jesus — will be our seeing eyes, leading us unfalteringly, and restoring true, singleness of vision to us… if we are willing to trust Him. That is the big issue; trust. Without it we can never get Home. Here are extracts from a couple of Diary entries that indicate the benefits available to us from trusting:
Peace and joy be with you and all your household. My son, I rejoice with you; by giving all these desires to me I am able to bring fulfilment in more perfect ways than would otherwise be possible for you. Your desire is intact, but because of the dense vibrations of the Earthly life it is not possible for you to have the insight into where you are, where you are going, who is ready for awakening. Therefore, you need to trust in me and my ways, so that I may, by your desire — that is, in response to your desire — lead you forward, bring to you opportunities for service, self-assessment, going forward. By this progress your own vibrations increase, your own energy grows and your awareness brightens. This is the path of life upon which it is my good pleasure to be your companion, that we may have together the good fellowship of brotherly love, as children of our beloved Papa. Let us share the banquet of rejoicing, for all is well and we go forward unto the New Day.
Draw close to me always. Have no concern — am I not the Lord of the tempest? I tell you, there is no disturbance over which I am not the Lord and over which I am not able to cast peace and restore equilibrium. Therefore, let your focus be always upon me and not upon the tempest, lest the boisterousness of the waves disturb your trust in me and allow fear to enter into your heart.
Words of counsel, guidance, reassurance from the Realms of Light are never only for the person to whom they are first spoken, but to all who are ready to receive them. If we read words such as these with the double vision of our ego mind they will seem idealistic, symbolic, valueless in what ego wants us to believe is the ‘real world;’ trite platitudes, to keep us subdued and ever vainly hopeful in a world where hopes are dashed all too frequently.
How many will be saying to themselves, ‘If only we could get onto the wavelength of that reality, we would be okay’? Yet, if we read them desiring truly and earnestly to trust them, believe them as reality it can and will become OUR reality because it IS our reality. That is where faith comes in handy. Faith and trust always bring us our heart’s desire if we are committed to staying the course come what may, because we know of an inner certainty that it is the only course that will get us out of the wilderness, off the carousel and Home.
Of course we must use common sense and go with our feelings, our instinct, which is the Spirit of Truth; this enables us to relinquish our own, ego-dominated (and thus, flawed) judgement. Jesus counsels us to be as wise as a serpent and as harmless as a dove in our dealings in this world. Placing ourself in the care of the Spirit of Truth provides us with guidance and protection that we cannot — at least, to begin with — see, though we will become increasingly aware of it if we are willing to give Him the chance, believing.
This is not about giving all our cash to a shifty-looking stranger. It is about seeing past the shifty look and choosing to see in him only the face of Christ, even though we discern that he has forgotten this truth about himself. Instead of dismissing him because of outward appearances, we can silently bless him and commit him into the care of the Holy Spirit. The shifty-looking stranger may not be aware outwardly that we are loving and blessing him, but it will be a powerful armament for the Holy Spirit to bring about a change for the better, the beginning of a transformation in the life of that brother; a gentle call to awakening. Never mind if we do not see it; our role is to bless, forgive and leave the rest to Him Who knows all things and can, with our co-operation, effect our release through us releasing our brother. Because the only way to see ourself as the Christ that we really are, is to see only Christ in everyone else, including the shifty-looking stranger.
The following extract from ACIM was scribed by Helen Schucman in the pre-Christmas period, but its relevance is, of course, not limited to any time or season.
The sign of Christmas is a star, a light in darkness. See it not outside yourself, but shining in the Heaven within, and accept it as the sign the time of Christ has come. He comes demanding nothing. No sacrifice of any kind, of anyone, is asked by Him. In His Presence the whole idea of sacrifice loses all meaning.
…give the Holy Spirit everything that would hurt you. Let yourself be healed completely that you may join with Him in healing, and let us celebrate our release together by releasing everyone with us. Leave nothing behind, for release is total, and when you have accepted it with me you will give it with me. All pain and sacrifice and littleness will disappear in our relationship, which is as innocent as our relationship with our Father, and as powerful. Pain will be brought to us and disappear in our presence, and without pain there can be no sacrifice. And without sacrifice there love must be.
Guilt is the condition of sacrifice, as peace is the condition for the awareness of your relationship with God. Through guilt you exclude your Father and your brothers from yourself. Through peace you invite them back, realizing that they are where your invitation bids them be. What you exclude from yourself seems fearful, for you endow it with fear and try to cast it out, though it is part of you. Who can perceive part of himself as loathsome, and live within himself in peace?
As long as you perceive the body as your reality, so long will you perceive yourself as lonely and deprived. And so long will you also perceive yourself as a victim of sacrifice, justified in sacrificing others. For who could thrust Heaven and its Creator aside without a sense of sacrifice and loss? And who could suffer sacrifice and loss without attempting to restore himself? Yet how could you accomplish this yourself, when the basis of your attempts is the belief in the reality of the deprivation?
In the holy instant the condition of love is met, for minds are joined without the body’s interference, and where there is communication there is peace. The Prince of Peace was born to re-establish the condition of love by teaching that communication remains unbroken even if the body is destroyed, provided that you see not the body as the necessary means of communication. And if you understand this lesson, you will realize that to sacrifice the body is to sacrifice nothing, and communication, which must be of the mind, cannot be sacrificed. Where, then, is sacrifice? The lesson I was born to teach, and still would teach to all my brothers, is that sacrifice is nowhere and love is everywhere. For communication embraces everything, and in the peace it re-establishes, love comes of itself. (This is the Mind-to-Mind commun(icat)ing of which I have been writing in the last few months).
What can be more joyous than to perceive we are deprived of nothing? Such is the message of the time of Christ, which I give you that you may give it and return it to the Father, Who gave it to me (full circle; the circle of At-onement, as described in T-14.V). For in the time of Christ (which is right NOW, and for all the rest of time, as the final phase of the GRP gathers momentum, not just for Christmas!) communication is restored, and He joins us in the celebration of His Son’s creation.
Those who receive the Father are one with Him, being host to Him Who created them. And by allowing Him to enter, the remembrance of the Father enters with Him, and with Him they remember the only relationship they ever had, and ever want to have. (This describes Jesus as he was 2k years ago, and now us as we are restored, with him, back into the oneness of the Sonship in Papa).
I have perfect faith in you to do all that you would accomplish. Nothing will be lacking, and you will make complete and not destroy. Say, then, to your brother:
There is much to do, and we have been long delayed. Accept the holy instant and take your place, so long left unfulfilled, in the Great Awakening. And let all your relationships be made holy for you.
(Extracted from ACIM, chapter 15 section XI; my emboldening and some italics, for emphasis).
Only when we can truly have faith in ourself can we truly have faith in our brothers, and then we will truly be free of ego’s yoke; then we will truly be Home. With the unequivocal help of the Holy Spirit this is possible but it is up to us to make a start by first desiring, then asking, then trusting.
Love and many blessings for our common growth in trust,
May 14th 2008
Almost all of us here have some fear, at least some of the time. This is a symptom of unconscious guilt, and even when that fear is subliminal, it is still with us, floating just below the surface, waiting to emerge and engulf us in its waves of anxiety, distress, dismay, turbulence, panic, terror or however it may manifest on any random occasion.
That state of fear is ‘normal’ in time and place, or egoland, because egoland is the opposite of Heaven, where inner peace — an absolute absence of fear, scarcity, loneliness, separation, guilt — is truly normal.
Time is already over but those of us who have made it real by continuing to believe it are keeping it in our Earth-mind, or ego-mind, consciousness. All the while we continue to believe it is our reality, it will be our reality, just as all the while we are within a dream, the dream appears to be our reality until we awaken from that dream; then we see how that is all it was. But we are at free choice, every moment, to awaken from the egoland dream and its attendant fear.
That fear is caused by unconscious guilt engendered by the belief that we have separated ourself from our unconditionally loving Creator Spirit, Papa, even though it is actually not so. We have never left Home and are only perpetuating a totally unnecessary nightmare that we have journeyed into a far country, away from our oneness in Him.
But we need not prolong this unhappy state, and will do so only as long as we choose to do so. It is the perverse nature of the ego-infected part of our mind that causes us, through fear, to resist letting go, instead of what Jesus described to me as surrendering the leasehold on our life, rather than obstinately holding onto all that is undesirable from the true perspective of where we actually, already are, in Eternity. It is like the battered wife syndrome, where the wife remains in the relationship against all sound reason, in some fear-driven hope that things will change, and that the alternative could be immeasurably worse, so better the devil you know than the one you don’t know. Everyone exhorts her to leave because they can see how unbearable it really is, but paralysing fear keeps her obdurately stuck in her torturous misery and despair.
This is how it is with those of us who stay stubbornly ‘breaking rocks’ – see Vignette 20 in SFGS – when we could be ‘breaking bread’ in peace, joy, love and the abundance that is eternal, spiritual reality.
It is because ego has convinced us that we are alone and without help that we have convinced ourself we have to get out of this pickle by our own devices.
Nothing could be further from the truth. We can and will never get out — break the cycle of birth and death — by our own devices since egoland is designed to keep us taking wrong turns in the maze. This is because everything we perceive to be true here is actually the reverse of true, eternal reality (such as, we are a body and are going to die; that we are divided into male and female; separated from God; are sinners, guilty, unworthy; that there is linear time and space, divided into past, present and future, etc).
There is endless, all-powerful, all-knowing Help, as close as our own heartbeat — closer in fact — and It is unconditionally loving; It is, of course, our real, true, higher, Big Self, otherwise known as the Spirit of Truth, or the Holy Breath, or the Holy Spirit. This Self is all of us; you, me, Jesus, those the world has judged righteous and those the world has judged unrighteous (because the world judges according to the upside-down, illusory dream of time and place, which has never happened in reality, and that judgement is designed by ego to prolong the dream indefinitely). Big Self, which we all, already are — and will inevitably re-awaken to that realisation — sees past our dream of littleness and knows we are God’s beloved Son, in Whom He is well pleased, and will help us to awaken and remember, if we are willing to surrender our ego-mind leasehold on nothingness and allow the true Occupant to regain entry, and our true, Christ Mind to resume its benign, all-empowered control over our life.
As Arten & Pursah say, speaking in one voice as the Holy Spirit, at the end of The Disappearance of the Universe:
I love you, my brothers and sisters, who are really Me but do not yet fully know it. Be grateful for the opportunities to forgive each other and thus yourselves. Replace your grievances with love. Let your minds be led to the peace of God, and the truth that is within you shall come to your awareness.
In October 2006 Sharon asked me if Jesus still speaks with me as in the Diary records that have been posted on the HTG website. This was my reply to her question:
Quick question, why did you stop posting the diary in 1999? Just wondering. Sharon Around that time some significant changes began to take place in the mechanism of communication between the Master (and Papa and all in the Realms of Light) and me. It has now become like cable broadband, where one is online all the time and no dial-up is required. I believe the objectives have been accomplished in the records between 1967 and the early 2000s. You can read more about this at the beginning of chapter 11 of SFGS.
Jesus tells us in ACIM that we are too tolerant of our undisciplined thinking. In fact, as time and place — and the prince of time and place — moves into its last phase before disappearing completely and forever, ego is desperately bombarding our seemingly lost, split-off part of the Christ Mind that is who we really are, with ever-more clamour, insane thoughts, confusion. Those of us who truly seek and earnestly desire to awaken to the peace, truth and tranquillity of Eternity with the minimum of delay are eager for whatever help is available to us from the GRP to get — and keep — our mind focussed on and attuned to the Kingdom, so that the awakening will be seamless and without distress.
This attunement is a mind-to-Mind communing activity between us and Jesus and/or the Holy Spirit. The objective is to re-train our mind to right thinking, dispelling ego, Earth-mind, upside-down thinking. There are those who would say this is impossible because our synapses are hard-wired to countless generations of Earth-mind thinking and we cannot re-wire those synapses.
This is absolutely not true — though ego would have us believe it is — but it can only be achieved with faith, trust, commitment and the will, or motivation, for it to be accomplished for us by the Holy Spirit, with our own self-disciplined, one-pointed commitment to co-operate.
This will take time, a device that can be transformed to serve the Holy Spirit’s purposes of rescuing us, if we are willing to co-operate, or used by ego to keep us here, in forgetfulness, until we are willing. Whatever attunement mechanisms work for us, to aid our growth in self-discipline, and help us get and keep focussed on the Kingdom of Heaven, to the exclusion of ego thoughts, will be invaluable. For Theresa and me, the hour-long (approximately) Service of Mystical Communion with Christ (SMCC) has been, literally, a God-send.
It has been a decades-long process for us, and for most people that seems like a very, very long time. But as we all now know, time is an illusion, and SMCC has served magnificently to get us onto the wavelength of the living Jesus and his GRP for us all. A few decades seems like very good value because I am now aware that this will save us scores, if not hundreds of further incarnations before we waken to eternal reality fully and finally. Who wants that!? — especially since it can so easily and safely be avoided.
Further, coming under Jesus’ guidance for those decades has meant that by the time we were brought to ACIM about 30 months ago, we were able to understand almost all of it at the first reading/study — which took something more than a year because we didn’t want to just ‘read’ it, but spend time with it, attuning with the inspiration from the Holy Spirit that such commitment brings to our study times. We spend usually an hour, and more at weekends, with ACIM first thing most mornings, and are getting more depth of understanding with subsequent readings. The way we see it is, if we want to break the cycle of birth and death, it is worth the absolute commitment, to avoid returning for more circuits of the carousel than are really necessary.
Now most people yoked to ego believe Eternity, God, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, the Realms of Light, are to be feared. Wrong! This is an ego device to keep us here and stop us going There. Love, tenderness, gentleness, peace, joy, understanding, all the words I have used so many times, are the actual experiences that spontaneously arise from surrendering our leasehold. The Holy Spirit will gladly, lovingly, seamlessly, painlessly substitute it for freehold occupancy, for all Eternity. And we have to give up nothing in exchange for everything.
Love and many blessings,
May 21st 2008
Any words endeavouring to describe the beauty, joy, peace, love, oneness, magnificence, effulgence, wholeness of the Kingdom of Heaven will be seen as entirely inadequate symbols to those who have experienced even the merest glimpse of that state of awareness; yet to ego-dominated, time-and-place focused minds, such words are dismissed as flowery, exaggerated, flummery, hyperbole, impossible to know, so how can they be meaningful?. This is just one more indicator of how far short of our true Home this world actually is. Or, well may it be so, but meanwhile, we are stuck down here and there is nothing we can do about it, so we might as well make the best of a bad job and get on with it.
Of course this is ego’s way of getting us to see things, but it is not the right way, Jesus’ way, the Holy Spirit’s way; and bearing in mind that the real us is the Spirit of Truth, nor, then, can it actually be our way either. So, how do we get free of, dispel and transcend the mindset that sees things through the eyes of our illusory littleness, and start to see and experience reality with our true vision?
A Course in Miracles is a training manual for just that, and its pivotal emphasis is that true forgiveness is the mechanism for achieving it. This helps us to focus on the fact that nothing here — including the billions of bodies — is real, it is but a momentary dream that ended the instant it began, so we are not little, guilty, weak, disempowered; we only believe we are. Therefore, true forgiveness focuses on the fact that we — all of us — have done nothing worthy of judgement and condemnation.
This is a mind-re-training exercise, to unlearn the misperceptions that have been inculcated into our mind since time began, and get us back on track with right thinking. This is the only way to break the cycle of birth and death and get us Home, permanently, to the true grandeur of our oneness in the Sonship. Here is what Jesus says about this in ACIM, Text, chapter 17, section II:
Can you imagine how beautiful those you forgive will look to you? (as, by our true forgiveness, we are able to see in them only the face of Christ) In no fantasy have you ever seen anything so lovely. Nothing you see here, sleeping or waking, comes near to such loveliness. And nothing will you value like unto this, nor hold so dear. Nothing that you remember that made your heart sing with joy has ever brought you even a little part of the happiness this sight will bring you. For you will see the Son of God. You will behold the beauty the Holy Spirit loves to look upon, and for which He thanks the Father. He was created to see this for you, until you learned to see it for yourself. And all His teaching leads to seeing it and giving thanks with Him.
This loveliness is not a fantasy. It is the real world, bright and clean and new, with everything sparkling under the open sun. Nothing is hidden here, for everything has been forgiven and there are no fantasies to hide the truth. (With such words of inspiration, uplift and encouragement it is easy to see how and why time is literally running out for ego) The bridge between that world and this is so little and so easy to cross, that you could not believe it is the meeting place of worlds so different. Yet this little bridge is the strongest thing that touches on this world at all. This little step, so small it has escaped your notice, is a stride through time into eternity, beyond all ugliness into beauty that will enchant you, and will never cease to cause you wonderment at its perfection. (Some who read this may need a reminder that this is Jesus, the pragmatist, speaking, not some children’s fairy story.)
This step, the smallest ever taken, is still the greatest accomplishment of all in God’s plan of Atonement. All else is learned, but this is given, complete and wholly perfect. No one but Him Who planned salvation could complete it thus. The real world, in its loveliness, you learn to reach. Fantasies are all undone, and no one and nothing remain still bound by them, and by your own forgiveness you are free to see. Yet what you see is only what you made(the ‘physical’ universe), with the blessing of your forgiveness on it. And with this final blessing of God’s Son upon himself, the real perception, born of the new perspective he has learned, has served its purpose. (These previous two sentences are clearly speaking of the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth [KOHOE]. Here is an extract of what I wrote in response to Joel’s question about the KOHOE, posted on the HTG Forum on February 18th 2008):
By the time we have renounced ego, the world and all its unKingdomly illusions, healed all our broken relationships and finally dispelled ego and all its associated, unconscious guilt, shame and fear, we will have the KOHOE. This will be the last stage of the journey before Papa reaches down and takes that final, tiny step for us, where we move from true perception to true Vision. That will be the moment at which the universe will disappear because we will have finished with it, with time and place, with all illusion, and be fully restored to oneness — from the division into ever more fragmented parts — back to our real Self as Papa's only Son.
So, the KOHOE is a stepping stone to the KOH (in Eternity, or Heaven), but it is an essential one, because we have to be prepared, made ready, for the transition. It is like a caterpillar-to-butterfly analogy. A caterpillar cannot become a butterfly without going through the transitional stage of being a chrysalis. The chrysalis is the transitional, or transformational, stage. The KOHOE will be here, fully established in our minds, by the end of the 3rd measure of meal, which is the end of the Aquarian Age, in 2000 years. It will be, in Eternity terms, a fleeting moment, which is what all time is, because it is an illusion, a dream, and is already over…
The transformational stage we must first complete is dispelling ego — which makes us wrong-minded — from our mind, so that we can be corrected in our thinking back to right-mindedness, or Holy Spirit thinking. That is not possible without help. Where would we start? How would we proceed? Where/when would we finish? Of course, we, in our Earth-mind (ego/split-off mind), cannot answer these questions, but the Voice for God, the Holy Spirit can, and He will, if we ask Him to…
The most important, pivotal, of these steps is True Forgiveness, which is foundational to all the other steps. Without true forgiveness, we can never reach the other steps because until we have truly forgiven our neighbour (everyone) and ourself, the world and all the illusory projections, we will still be harbouring unconscious guilt, fear, shame, and be projecting them as our brethren and onto our brethren in the form of attack, judgement, condemnation and the array of ego misperceptions with which we are burdened and imprisoned here in time and place.
The stars will disappear in light, and the sun that opened up the world to beauty will vanish. Perception will be meaningless when it has been perfected, for everything that has been used for learning will have no function. Nothing will ever change; no shifts nor shadings, no differences, no variations that made perception possible will still occur. The perception of the real world will be so short that you will barely have time to thank God for it. For God will take the last step swiftly, when you have reached the real world and have been made ready for Him.
The real world is attained simply by the complete forgiveness of the old, the world you see without forgiveness. The Great Transformer of perception will undertake with you the careful searching of the mind that made this world, and uncover to you the seeming reasons for your making it. In the light of the real reason that He brings, as you follow Him, He will show you that there is no reason here at all. Each spot His reason touches grows alive with beauty, and what seemed ugly in the darkness of your lack of reason is suddenly released to loveliness. Not even what the Son of God made in insanity could be without a hidden spark of beauty that gentleness could release (This implies the KOHOE, which is the final stage of our transformation to readiness for the final step, in which Papa lifts us back up to Heaven, out of time and place and once more permanently back into Eternity).
All this beauty will rise to bless your sight as you look upon the world with forgiving eyes. For forgiveness literally transforms vision, and lets you see the real world reaching quietly and gently across chaos, removing all illusions that had twisted your perception and fixed it on the past. The smallest leaf becomes a thing of wonder, and a blade of grass a sign of God’s perfection.
From the forgiven world the Son of God is lifted easily into his home. And there he knows that he has always rested there in peace. Even salvation will become a dream, and vanish from his mind. For salvation is the end of dreams, and with the closing of the dream will have no meaning. Who, awake in Heaven, could dream that there could ever be need of salvation?
How much do you want salvation? It will give you the real world, trembling with readiness to be given you. The eagerness of the Holy Spirit to give you this is so intense He would not wait, although He waits in patience. Meet His patience with your impatience at delay in meeting Him. Go out in gladness to meet with your Redeemer, and walk with Him in trust out of this world, and into the real world of beauty and forgiveness.
(my emboldening and some italics, for emphasis).
It is hard to imagine words more beautiful, and full of promise — guarantee, even — than these.
I leave you with this quote from Gary Renard’s book ‘Your immortal Reality’:
…when you awaken from the dream of time and space, there is no more time and space, which means that you don’t have to hang around for a million years waiting for everyone to wake up. There is nobody else to wake up. There was nobody out there but you, the one ego, appearing as many. And the ones you thought were out there are already with you in Heaven, not as bodies, but as what they really are, which is spirit. Nobody can be left out in oneness, and nothing can be lacking in wholeness. So everyone you ever loved or cared about, including animals, are there in your awareness. Once again, not as anything that was ever separate, but as something that can never be separate. Nothing can be missing in perfection. It’s all perfectly one, and it’s constant, which is an attribute that doesn’t exist in the universe of time and space. However, it can be experienced by you, even though you may appear to be in a body.
Onwards and upwards!!
Today I let Christ’s vision look upon
All things for me, and judge them not, but give
Each one a miracle of love instead.
May 28th 2008
There is but one true purpose and objective for our being here and that is to get out of here; to get back where we really belong: Home. To the Eternity of Heaven.
We cannot get Home without help or on our own, i.e. leaving our fellows behind to stew in their own juice, because we are all one in the place where we belong, and where we are headed; and separation into ever-increasing numbers of bodies, divided into two opposite genders (just to make things more ‘interesting’ – or complicated, depending on one’s experiences!) is a trick, an illusion, to keep us pre-occupied with what’s ‘out there’ instead of what’s in here.
Everything here in time and place is the exact opposite of Eternity; upside down and back to front. Even our bodily eye-sight is upside down, and we have to transpose it to the right way up in our brain, after light images have passed through the lens of our eye and hit the retina at the back of the eye the wrong way up.
So it is with what we believe, wrongly, is going on out there. We appear to see someone else doing something and we react to it and judge that person ‘wrong.’ The reason why we react to it is that we see our own, unconscious guilt and fear in what the other person is doing and we project that guilt and fear outwards, to get it ‘over there’ instead of ‘in here,’ where we mistakenly, unconsciously, believe it is. Then we try to absolve ourself of that guilt by separating ourself from it. We are mistaken because it is nowhere; the Son of God is innocent and sin does not exist where we really are, in the only ‘place’ that is real — Eternity; we merely dreamt, for an instant, that we were separate from God, and that instant is over. We simply keep reviewing it, like a replay of a moment in a sporting event, projecting it onto a screen (the ‘physical’ universe). We believe the action is on the screen but it is not, any more than what we see on a screen at the cinema is where the action is.
Trying to change what we don’t like on the screen is futile because that is not where it is coming from. It is coming from the projector, which is our unconscious mind. That is where we have to correct what is keeping us here, in order to get us out of here. ‘How can we possibly correct what is in our unconscious mind if we are not conscious of it?’ I hear you ask. Well, the answer is, we, or ‘little self,’ cannot. But the Holy Spirit, which is our true, ‘Big Self’ can, for us. All He asks is our co-operation. Read on to find out how.
When we judge another as ‘wrong’ we are in fact judging ourself, but the projection causes us to believe it is someone else, ‘out there.’ There is no-one else! When Jesus said, ‘Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again’ (Mt.7:1-2) he was telling us that we judge ourself when we believe we are judging another. There is no other. This statement by Jesus has been misunderstood as God judging us because we have judged another, and that is His job! We now know that God does not judge, if for no other reason than that we are innocent, and have done nothing worthy of judgement.
All appearances to the contrary are the dream of separation, and dreams are not real. Anything real, God, assuredly knows about it, having created all things that are real. But in the same way as a parent does not know what a child is dreaming (because it isn’t real), neither does God know what ‘we’ are dreaming — namely, separation from Him — because it is not real either.
So, we cannot escape from here ‘alone, and never mind our fellows,’ as they are only our fellows because we have projected them out there as a result of our misperceptions about ourself as being little and fearful, due to our unconscious belief that we are guilty of an act of treachery against God. We have to correct these misperceptions to the point where we are no longer projecting our unconscious, imagined guilt out there onto imagined ‘others’ perceived as bodies. This may seem incomprehensively convoluted and complicated; enough to tie us in knots of mental contortion. Just what ego wants, so we will not even try to ‘go there,’ in case we rumble the prestidigitation and see past it to the simple truth. This is curtains for ego.
Assuredly, it will, and does, take much thought, much pondering, and above all, much commitment, and we will do immeasurably better in seeing past the tangle to the straight reality if we ask the Holy Spirit to be with us, inspire and illuminate our mind as we contemplate all this. ACIM sets out the truth of all this completely comprehensively, and Gary Renard’s books help massively in understanding ACIM.
In Eternity there is only one of us — God’s only Son, Christ — and we appear here in the dream as many, separated. That separation is what we have to see past, and because it is projected as an attempt to get the unconscious guilt and fear away from ourself and onto something, somebody out there, we see others as guilty. But no-one is actually guilty and we have to re-train our mind to the true perception that we are (all) Christ. We can only do that by clarifying in our mind that although ‘they’ appear to be guilty, in the reality of Eternity they have done nothing – and can only have done nothing because they, along with us, are not ‘out there.’
This seems so convoluted as to be nonsense only because we are seeing everything from an upside-down, back to front perspective. With our right-thinking, Holy Spirit, or Christ Mind, it is actually very simple; and as we, one step at a time, with FTOC, begin to undergo the transformation to that right-mind perspective, so does it gradually begin to straighten out and make absolute sense, to the point where it becomes ego-mind that can then correctly be seen as insanely complicated.
Because others seem to be out there and to be doing things that we are prone to judge (and the closer we examine our own thoughts, the more we find we are judging, almost every moment, mostly without even being aware that we are doing so) we now actively choose to remember they have actually not done anything at all, by bringing into operation the practice of true forgiveness, in which we forgive what in truth they have never done (even though to our ego perception it appears they have). This true forgiveness is a mind re-training exercise, to get us back into right-side up thinking, so that our misperceptions can be transformed into true vision. Here is a suggested exercise that we have put together from ACIM, DU and our own, Holy Spirit-inspired thoughts on the matter. Part of this was included in the August 27th message last year, but has now been augmented to make it more comprehensive:
An exercise example for practising true forgiveness:
Dear Blank I choose gladly to forgive you for all the things you have never done,
that I may freely receive the forgiveness that is rightfully mine.
And I ask your forgiveness of me for all the things I also have never done,
that you may freely receive the forgiveness that is rightfully yours.
I give you this gift of forgiveness, via the Holy Spirit, so that, by His wisdom and timing
He may keep it safe in you, and reveal it to you when He sees that you are ready/able to receive it,
and that I, also, may receive it.
And now we are released into innocence, and join with the Holy Spirit in the Peace and joyous Oneness of the Sonship, with our beloved brother Jesus, in Papa.
I bless you, bless you, bless you for restoration to fullness of your remembrance of who you really are. You are Christ, pure and innocent. Papa’s Son is guiltless and sin does not exist.
Now are we forgiven, and free to see in each other only the face of Christ.
NB: This exercise should not be spoken face to face with the forgivee, unless you are fully confident that they will respond (at the Earth-mind level) positively.
True forgiveness heals broken relationships and this brings us inner peace, a certain sign of the undoing and releasing of unconscious guilt and fear, the dispelling of ego from our mind and are prerequisite to our full spiritual awakening and enlightenment. This is our true and permanent, eternal state of being, along with Jesus and all our brethren who appear to be here in egoland. It is because we are projecting our unconscious guilt and fear, in the form of judgement, and are therefore unforgiving, that our fellows appear to be here. It is, therefore, we, ourself, who are keeping those images here, along with ourself. This means that unless and until we truly forgive — our fellows, ourself and the illusory world at large — we cannot be released from the dream of time and place and be restored to full wakefulness in the Kingdom.
As already mentioned, this all seems, to our confused ego-mind, impossibly complex and unachievable. This is where the news just gets a whole lot better: we don’t have to undo ego ourself — like a prison break from the inside, while chained and under armed guard (ego). All we have to do is desire the only true freedom that is eternal truth, and ask the Holy Spirit to do this for us. Ego immediately steps in here, and says, ‘Oh, yeah! Cop out. Something for nothing? Since when? There is no such thing as a free lunch, no such thing as something for nothing. Don’t believe it; it’s a con. Why would this so-called Holy Spirit want to do that for you? …you’re a miserable, unworthy sinner; a loser.’ Etc., etc. Wrong. We are the Holy Spirit and He wants to do this because we are one. His job is to remind us and awaken us to fullness of remembrance of that reality.
Meanwhile, back at the ranch (or the galley-slave warship), ever more new individuals are being born. In my lifetime the population of Earth has gone from less than 2.5 billion to well over 6 billion, and is still rising; a sure sign of division — ego’s favourite pastime — continuing. We all rejoice at the safe delivery of a newborn baby into this world and rightly so, because it is an opportunity to transform adversity into fulfilment; time back into Eternity, through true forgiveness. But unless and until we choose, actively, determinedly, one-pointedly, resolutely, positively, committedly, to return to right-mindedness, we are passively allowing ego’s stranglehold on us to remain.
We are faced now, as never before since time began, with the biggest opportunity ever: to learn for ourselves and teach our newly-incarnating brethren why they are really here, so that they can grow up in the truth and really begin to break the cycle of birth and death for the whole new generation. This has been a long time coming and now, thanks to Jesus and his GRP it is within our grasp. Who amongst us, with this awareness, will choose to return to breaking rocks when he could be breaking bread, in Kingdomly fellowship? (see: http://www.honest2goodness.org.uk/Part_2_Vignettes.htm#16._From_breaking_rocks_to_breaking_bread )
Here’s to the journey Home! Together.
Love and light, Holy Spirit style,
June 4th 2008
Last week brief mention was made of newly incarnating souls being an opportunity for us to extend to them the truth of who they really are, and thus to begin to create a new culture, a new generation, a new society, a new world of peace, love and light, centred on true forgiveness, so that they can grow in and with that right-minded perception of life, and will then in turn, extend that Kingdom Age awareness to their offspring. This will benefit ‘past’ as well as ‘future’ generations, because ‘past’ is actually simultaneous with ‘present’ and ‘future.’ It only looks otherwise in time and place, which appears to unfold in a linear fashion.
Once we awaken to the point of remembrance that we have had ‘past incarnations,’ and that events ‘then’ are impacting upon events ‘now’ — often negatively because karma in a dream world of duality, or separation consciousness under ego domination, is scripted that way— we can extend BLASER blessing and true forgiveness to our ‘past lives’ and those with whom we interacted then. The Holy Spirit takes those power-blessings and forgiveness exercises (because we have freely given them to Him) and uses them according to His wisdom to benefit the ‘former identities,’ or ‘personas’ of ourself and those with whom we interacted.
Former personas benefit by receiving that help in ways of which they will most likely not have been consciously aware, but will nevertheless have been of practical and palpable benefit (how could it be otherwise where the Holy Spirit is at work?). Lack of conscious awareness of such help does not nullify it, because we are speaking of unconscious mind realms, not of bodily, sensory awareness. Those ‘former selves’ will thus have been helped further forward on the Path Home to Eternity than would otherwise have been the case. So, by the ‘time’ we come to reincarnate into the ‘present’ act, with a new persona, we are starting out further ahead than we would otherwise have been. It is a win-win situation, and contributes to, enables, incalculable strides to be made in the collapsing of time.
So, how do we do this, since most of us have no remembrance of ‘former’ acts or who we were in them?
This does not matter because the Holy Spirit knows everything and the Holy Spirit is our Higher, all-knowing, Big Self; one with Papa, empowered by Papa in all things. We can leave all things with Him. All we have to do is be willing to co-operate with Him in the outworking, the accomplishing of all things for the Kingdom. That willingness will engender a state of mind that is universally caring, compassionate, loving, blessing, forgiving, and the Holy Spirit will take that ‘little willingness,’ join His Big Willingness to it, and direct it accordingly, for the benefit of all. He said to me last night:
“Attune with Me; we are one. It is only ego in you preventing us from being one — your being aware of, one with, Me — always. It is a simple choice — your choice — always. I will never coerce you, because I love you and you are always free. Free to weigh in the balance which is better for you and for all: ego or Me.
The fact is, you have already made that choice, and the mad instant is over. You — Me — we — us — we are back where we have never left; the Holy Instant, the oneness, the joy, the peace, the unspeakable love. Fear not for the perfect outworking, restoration, at-onement; the process is already complete. Join, once again, in that completeness with Me. You have experienced its reality – the Most Holy Place, with, in Papa. Only desire it and I will perfect it for you. Join with Me in desire for the Kingdom; I am with you every step of the Way.”
Amongst the most stark, yet moving, progressing by steps to be amongst the most beautiful, encouraging, inspiring, enlightening, helpful words in all of ACIM are the following, from chapter 18 of the Text:
You who have spent your life in bringing truth to illusion (i.e. bending truth to fit the distortions of illusion), reality to fantasy, have walked the way of dreams. For you have gone from waking to sleeping, and on and on to a yet deeper sleep. Each dream has led to other dreams, and every fantasy that seemed to bring a light into the darkness but made the darkness deeper (and thus, even further from the truth of Eternity, which is just where ego-led, somnambulist humanity seems to be headed). Your goal was darkness, in which no ray of light could enter. And you sought a blackness so complete that you could hide from truth forever, in complete insanity. What you forgot was simply that God cannot destroy Himself. The light is in you. Darkness can cover it, but cannot put it out.
As the light comes nearer (which it unstoppably is, thanks to Jesus’ GRP, and ego is powerless to prevent it) you will rush to darkness, shrinking from the truth, sometimes retreating to the lesser forms of fear, and sometimes to stark terror (how plainly does this point up that the media are puppets of ego, the separator, the divider, the destroyer, the accuser, the doubt and fear promulgator). But you will advance, because your goal is the advance from fear to truth. The goal you accepted is the goal of knowledge, for which you signified your willingness. Fear seems to live in darkness, and when you are afraid you have stepped back. Let us then join quickly in an instant of light, and it will be enough to remind you that your goal is light.
Truth has rushed to meet you since you called upon it (to our ego-mind such language may be seen as fanciful, but to our right-minded thinking, this is a glorious, uplifting encouragement for us to keep on in FTOC). If you knew Who walks beside you on the way that you have chosen, fear would be impossible. (I can attest to this because I experienced Jesus walking beside me; as described in SFGS, ch. 10). You do not know because the journey into darkness has been long and cruel, and you have gone deep into it (over countless incarnations). A little flicker of your eyelids, closed so long, has not yet been sufficient to give you confidence in yourself, so long despised. You go toward love still hating it, and terribly afraid of its judgement upon you. And you do not realize that you are not afraid of love, but only of what you have made of it. You are advancing to love’s (true) meaning, and away from all illusions in which you have surrounded it. When you retreat to the illusion your fear increases, for there is little doubt that what you think it means is fearful. Yet what is that to us who travel surely and very swiftly away from fear?
You who hold your brother’s hand also hold mine, for when you joined each other you were not alone. Do you believe that I would leave you in the darkness that you agreed to leave with me? (again, I can attest that the answer is a definite No; never!) In your relationship is this world’s light. And fear must disappear before you now. Be not tempted to snatch away the gift of faith you offered to your brother. You will succeed only in frightening yourself. The gift is given forever, for God Himself received it. You cannot take it back. You have accepted God. The holiness of your relationship is established in Heaven. You do not understand what you accepted, but remember that your understanding is not necessary. All that was necessary was merely the wish to understand. That wish was the desire to be holy. The Will of God is granted you. For you desire the only thing you ever had, or ever were.
Each instant that we spend together will teach you that this goal is possible, and will strengthen your desire to reach it. And in your desire lies its accomplishment. Your desire is now in complete accord with all the power of the Holy Spirit’s Will. No little, faltering footsteps that you may take can separate your desire from His Will and from His strength. I hold your hand as surely as you agreed to take your brother’s. You will not separate, for I stand with you and walk with you in your advance to truth. And where we go we carry God with us.
In your relationship you have joined with me in bringing Heaven to the Son of God, who hid in darkness. You have been willing to bring the darkness to light, and this willingness has given strength to everyone who would remain in darkness. Those who would see will see. And they will join with me in carrying their light into the darkness, when the darkness in them is offered to the light, and is removed forever. My need for you, joined with me in the holy light of your relationship, is your need for salvation. Would I not give you what you gave to me? For when you joined your brother, you answered me.
You who are now the bringer of salvation have the function of bringing light to darkness. The darkness in you has been brought to light. Carry it back to darkness, from the holy instant to which you brought it. We are made whole in our desire to make whole. Let not time worry you, for all the fear that you and your brother experience is really past. Time has been readjusted to help us do, together, what your separate pasts would hinder (We, who appear to be stuck in a fixed and unalterable process called time, can take heart from this; that Jesus truly is empowered to shrink, collapse, eliminate time, release us from it, so that we can see its meaninglessness from the perspective of Eternity, in which we, even now, have our being, our only reality). You have gone past fear, for no two minds can join in the desire for love without love’s joining them.
Not one light in Heaven but goes with you. Not one ray that shines forever in the Mind of God but shines on you. Heaven is joined with you in your advance to Heaven. When such great lights have joined with you to give the little spark of your desire the power of God Himself, can you remain in darkness? (It is, needless to say, impossible). You and your brother are coming home together, after a long and meaningless journey that you undertook apart, and that led nowhere. You have found your brother, and you will light each other’s way. And from this light will the Great Rays extend back into darkness and forward unto God, to shine away the past and so make room for His eternal Presence, in which everything is radiant in the light. (These last 3 sentences describe the events recorded in Vignette 27 in SFGS.
(My emboldening, underlining and some italics, for emphasis)
Of course we are still (in linear terms) only at the beginning of the 3rd measure of meal and the vast majority of apparently separated fragments of the Sonship are not yet ready to begin to awaken to the Truth of Eternity and rejoin as one in the Sonship. However, for those of us who are, and are perhaps struggling with understanding parts of ACIM, I say:
Don’t give up on it just because you don’t understand parts of it. Keep on, and be encouraged, because there are parts of it that you do understand. Rejoice in them, and be enheartened by them to read more. Give each bit you don’t understand to the Holy Spirit, asking Him to shine in your mind the light of understanding, so that when you come to them at the next reading, they will be added to the parts you already understand, until the whole becomes one and the one becomes whole.
June 11th 2008
The word clamour has been used a number of times in previous MoEs. The dictionary describes it as: a loud and confused noise; a vehement protest or demand, and cites as synonyms: din, hubbub, racket, uproar, outcry, etc.
Peace is not to be found in clamour. Ever. Most of us, if asked, would claim to want peace, yet still, most of us passively allow clamour in our lives, and many of us actively seek it, perhaps believing that if they make enough clamour they will eventually find peace. That is like going into darkness in search of light. Peace is within, regardless of what ego is doing ‘out there.’
Ego is about outer distraction or clamour; anything to keep our attention diverted from the objectives of the Holy Spirit, Jesus and his GRP: Peace, Inner peace; The truth about who we really are — God’s Son. Is there one amongst us who believes God’s Son seeks peace in clamour? We are reminded in ACIM that faith brings peace, and faithlessness brings fear.
The place we are now at on the cosmic clock is chaos time (though you hardly need me to tell you that; every time CNN, or Fox News, or BBC News 24 is tuned in, they remind us of it, loud and clear). Jesus tells us that when we see disarray and chaos all around, that then it is truly the time to rejoice (rather than join the queue, along with all who are under ego-domination, to hit the panic button) because that is a certain sign that the Kingdom is at hand, even at the doors. It takes faith to be able to hold fast to a statement like that, but if we can, it pays palpable dividends in terms of inner peace and release from fear.
How difficult it seems to not be distracted by what’s going on out there. And so many of us find that out there may appear to be happening right in our own family! That is so close it can seem hard to tell where ‘out there’ and ‘in here’ begin and end. Then, it really takes faith to remain focussed on the within, the only place that peace is to be found.
I see from the internet that Oprah Winfrey, who appears to be an advocate of what some people call the New Reality, including ACIM, is coming under vicious and sustained attack from the ‘Old Reality,’ which is the second, or even the first measure of meal consciousness. This is in the form of conservative, orthodox and fundamentalist religionists, who see God as a jealous and vengeful god, and Jesus as coming to judge the world (even though, in scriptures they claim to follow, he said, ‘I came not to judge the world, but to save the world.’ Jn. 12:47). Such behaviour is clearly fear-founded (ego) rather than love-inspired (Holy Spirit).
Attacks like these will inevitably come when we venture out into the wilderness seeking to press our good gifts on those who are neither ready nor willing to receive them. As the Teacher said to Olga many decades ago:
‘Your heart outruns your head. You may stand at the cross-roads of life, and offer your good things to them that inquire but run not down every alley pressing them upon the halt, the maimed and the blind; for think you that your treasures will, as if by some magic, create in them a new set of values? You know within yourself that it is not possible, for it is contrary to spiritual law. As the Master taught, so we know — to him that hath shall be added.’
Oprah is, no doubt, serving a great spiritual cause, in accordance with her birth vision, agreed ‘afore time’ with her spiritual counsellors, and this will, assuredly, enable a great going forward of the GRP, but it places her very much in the firing line from those who are committed to not going forward, instead preferring to stay put in old order perceptions. She is one courageous lady.
In contrast to that, the Master Jesus has spoken to me on a number of occasions about not going out into the wilderness, but instead, remaining close to the source of our spiritual sustenance; what he called the ‘Inner Sanctuary,’ the ‘Holy Sanctuary’ and also ‘the Hill of the Lord.’ Here are some examples:
October 16th 1994:
Although the enemy is ever close, you are, by your commitment, within the aura of my protection. The enemy has no part in me and you are protected absolutely by your oneness with me. Remember this as each opportunity to go forward arises, my son. You have entered in to the Inner Sanctuary and from therein shall your service be rendered. Go not out, for the invitation is to all to enter in and those who would do so shall receive of you the living word (symbol of eternal truth) at the entranceway. Let the holy chalice (symbol of Christ love) also be offered, for you have seen how the wanderers in the wilderness crave its restoring liquid.
April 16th 1995:
Brian, faithful follower and server; it is my joy to wait upon you and to bring the feast of my banquet table to you; for you have watched and waited, knowing not the hour of my return from the wedding (see Lk. 12:36-37). Now comes the time when I shall bring to you diverse seekers after the mysteries. Remain and go not out, for they shall come to you. It is necessary that they be brought to you, that the focus of my holy sanctuary be clear in your sight and that the many ways of the sojourner distract you not from my purpose in you.
August 17th 1997 (not yet posted):
My son, now do you see why it has been essential that you remain steadfastly in this place and go not out into the wilderness, the surrounding hills and plains and valleys. It has been necessary for your own purposes as well as that of your fellows, that you ascend unto the Hill of the Lord. The Hill of the Lord is one place only; it is set fast in the place ordained of God, for His purposes.
It has been necessary that you remain (in the holy place), ascending one step at a time, that you might enter in to His presence and be lifted up, purified by the living flame, and thus become a beacon of that light. Only in this way can the beacon be seen from near and afar off and draw many who seek to know the message that I have put into your heart and will speak from your mouth.
Have no fear, no doubt, no trepidation; I, your Lord and your brother, have performed it and will perform it. That which I bring is not of the Earth; therefore do not measure the prospect according to your Earthly perception.
These words are, as ever, not for me alone, but for all who will receive them unto themselves, for their own benefit, upliftment, protection, and then for all unto whom they desire/choose to extend them, in Christ love. Eternal truth is for everyone because we are all one. Truly, we are not many minds and many bodies, but the one Son of Papa, of one mind only, who only appear to be many, fragmented, separated, vainly hiding from and fearful of Him, Who awaits our return with open, loving arms, with the banquet feast already prepared for His beloved Son, who mistakenly believes himself to be errant.
All the while we allow ego sovereignty over our thoughts, so will our misperceptions and false beliefs remain. But once we grant that sovereignty to our true, right-minded Self, Holy Spirit, we will begin the journey Home together. For we belong together; there is but one of us. Truly, going not out, but rather, entering in, is the way toward peace, and away from clamour.
Jesus reminds us in ACIM that in our present state of wrong-mindedness we can learn the truth best by comparison with illusion. He does this aplenty in ACIM. Here are some extracts from chapter 19 of the Text, section II (which the requirement for brevity here does not permit full inclusion, though we are all, of course, at liberty at any time to study fully):
We said before that when a situation has been dedicated wholly to truth, peace is inevitable. Its attainment is the criterion by which the wholeness of the dedication can be safely assumed (in other words, without complete commitment, complete peace cannot be achieved). Yet we also said that peace without faith will never be attained, for what is dedicated to truth as its only goal is brought to truth by faith. This faith encompasses everyone involved, for only thus the situation is perceived as meaningful and as a whole. And everyone must be involved in it; or else your faith is limited and your dedication incomplete (‘everyone’ means, particularly, those with whom we are experiencing unresolved issues, broken relationships. As we practise true forgiveness with them — and our self — so will we subsequently be able to extend that unreservedly to all the world; everyone).
Every situation, properly perceived, becomes an opportunity to heal the Son of God. And he is healed because you offered faith to him, giving him to the Holy Spirit and releasing him from every demand your ego would make of him. Thus do you see him free, and in this vision does the Holy Spirit share. And since He shares it He has given it, and so He heals through you. It is this joining Him in a united purpose that makes this purpose real, because you make it whole. And this is healing.
The body cannot heal, because it cannot make itself sick. It needs no healing. Its health or sickness depends entirely on how the mind perceives it, and the purpose that the mind would use it for. It is obvious that a segment of the mind can see itself as separated from the Universal Purpose. When this occurs the body becomes its weapon, used against this Purpose, to demonstrate the “fact” that separation has occurred. The body thus becomes the instrument of illusion, acting accordingly; seeing what is not there, hearing what truth has never said and behaving insanely, being imprisoned by insanity.
Do not overlook our earlier statement that faithlessness leads straight to illusions. For faithlessness is the perception of a brother as a body, and the body cannot be used for purposes of union. …faithlessness has thus opposed the Holy Spirit’s purpose, and brought illusions, centered on the body, to stand between you. And the body will seem to be sick, for you have made of it an “enemy” of healing and the opposite of truth.
Faithlessness would always limit and attack; faith would remove all limitations and make whole. Faithlessness would destroy and separate; faith would unite and heal. Faithlessness would interpose illusions between the Son of God and his Creator; faith would remove all obstacles that seem to rise between them. Faithlessness is wholly dedicated to illusions; faith wholly to truth. Partial dedication is impossible. Truth is the absence of illusion; illusion the absence of truth. Both cannot be together, nor perceived in the same place.
To have faith is to heal. It is the sign that you have accepted the Atonement (it is worth keeping in mind here that the word ‘Atonement’ can have two very distinct meanings: to orthodox religion, pronounced a-tonement, it means reconciliation of man with God for sins committed — and thus, made real — by the crucifixion of Jesus. In the context that it is used here, Jesus means the Anglo-Saxon word, pronounced at-one-ment, meaning ‘making one,’ ‘restoration to one-ness’) for yourself, and would therefore share it. By faith, you offer the gift of freedom from the past, which you received. You do not use anything your brother has done before to condemn him now. You freely choose to overlook his errors, looking past all barriers between yourself and him, and seeing them as one. And in that one you see your faith is fully justified.
Faith is the opposite of fear, as much a part of love as fear is of attack. Faith is the acknowledgement of union. It is the gracious acknowledgement of everyone as a Son of your most loving Father, loved by Him like you …It is His Love that joins you and your brother… Each one appears just as he is perceived in the holy instant, united in your purpose to be released from guilt. You see the Christ in him, and he is healed… (and by the healing of our brother are we healed).
Faith is the gift of God, through Him (the Holy Spirit, the Spirit of Truth, the Holy Breath, the Comforter, Big Self) Whom God has given you. Faithlessness looks upon the Son of God, and judges him unworthy of forgiveness. But through the eyes of faith, the Son of God is seen already forgiven, free of all the guilt he laid upon himself. Faith sees him only now because it looks not to the past to judge him, but would see in him only what it would see in you.
Faith is as easily exchanged for knowledge as is the real world. For faith arises from the Holy Spirit’s perception, and is the sign you share it with Him. Faith is a gift you offer to the Son of God through Him, and wholly acceptable to his Father as to Him. And therefore offered you. Your holy relationship, with its new purpose, offers you faith to give unto your brother.
Grace is not given to a body, but to a mind. And the mind that receives it looks instantly beyond the body, and sees the holy place where it was healed. There is the altar where the grace was given, in which it stands. Do you, then, offer grace and blessing to your brother, for you stand at the same altar where grace was laid for both of you (our brother in this context is, at least initially, all with whom we are experiencing a broken or damaged relationship).
In the holy instant, you and your brother stand before the altar God has raised unto Himself and both of you. Lay faithlessness aside, and come to it together. There will you see the miracle of your relationship as it was made again through faith. And there it is that you will realize that there is nothing faith cannot forgive.
As faithlessness will keep your little kingdoms barren and separate, so will faith help the Holy Spirit prepare the ground for the most holy garden that He would make of it. For faith brings peace, and so it calls on truth to enter and make lovely what has already been prepared for loveliness.
Let, then, your dedication be to the eternal, and learn how not to interfere with it and make it slave to time. For what you think you do to the eternal you do to you. Whom God created as His Son is slave to nothing, being lord of all, along with his Creator (any absence of awareness of such is to do with our flawed attunement, not Papa’s ‘transmitting,’ or extending to us).
(My emboldening, underlining and some italics, for emphasis).
Big Me, or pygmy? It’s always our free choice, every moment.
Love, blessings and true forgiveness, always,
June 18th 2008
Last week I was prompted to end the MoE with the words: ‘Big Me, or pygmy? It’s always our free choice, every moment.’
Our relationship to the Holy Spirit has been discussed on various occasions, and Jesus reminds us in ACIM that there is no difference, no gap, no separation between us and the Holy Spirit. Here, in upside-down land, we have allowed ourselves to believe that there is a gap. That is because here, we are attempting to hide from God, even while (some of us are) pretending, or believing (a self-deception) that we are seeking after Him through the ego-construct known as the institutionalised church.
Amongst the self-deception ploys are the percept that we must congregate for religious fellowship and to support each other. But congregating in the midst of wrong-mindedness is only perpetuating the misperceptions of guilt, fear, separation and littleness that have caused such lack of self-worth and so much misery, degradation and destruction for so many centuries. Better for us to go alone into our closet and shut the door (on the illusory, upside-down world out there), and then commune with Papa, Who hears us in secret and rewards us openly. And Whose Voice will correct our misperceptions and get us back on track for right-minded thinking.
Our Big Self, which is our right-minded Self, free of ego misperceptions, is one with the Holy Spirit because the Holy Spirit is right-Minded. There can only be one right Mind, and we enter into oneness with that one Mind by attuning with Its right-Minded thinking. When we can accept unto ourselves the truth of this, we will have greatly progressed in undoing ego and in seeing ourself as not a body but eternal, innocent, pure spirit, imbued with the Mind of God.
The Holy Spirit’s job is to help us get back to right-Mindedness and He will do this if/when we truly desire it and ask Him. Then we will begin to become of one Mind with Holy Spirit, and will start to undergo the mind re-training without which we will remain stuck indefinitely in the never-never land of separation. If we think of Holy Spirit as ‘Big Me,’ then we are thinking of oneness with Holy Spirit, and that is a good mantra, or mnemonic in this process of getting attuned (“at-One’d”) with Him. ‘Big Me’ brings sharply into focus in our mind that the Holy Spirit is ‘One with me,’ rather than the only alternative, old order thinking, as some external, separate, exalted, being unreachable because we are (old thinking) ‘little me’ (pygmy).
A couple of weeks ago, as I was communing with the Holy Spirit — trying to get into the Oneness way of perceiving Him, and trying to de-formalise the nomenclature, in order to feel more comfortable, more at ease with Him — addressing Him, I said, ‘Okay, Big Guy…’ and before I could add another word of my thought toward Him, He instantly cut in and said, ‘Don’t forget, you’re Big Guy too.’ This brought me up short because I knew instantly, intuitively, He was right; the only alternative is little guy; back to littleness thinking; a sure-fire recipe for more turns on the carousel.
However, ‘Big Guy’ is, for me, a bit too slangy for the holy intent of the idea, so I pondered how to rephrase it to maintain the intent, keep the informality, yet channel it into a more acceptable, comfortable, apposite turn of phrase. What was the nub of this thought? That I am not different from (nor — because I am, along with Jesus and everyone else, Papa’s Son — inferior to) Him, but on the same wavelength (when engaging right-minded thinking) as He. This means I am freely accessing all that He is; all knowledge, all power, all wisdom; remembering who I really am; that I, along with all my fragmented brethren, am not a body, destined to wither and die, but the holy, pure, innocent, eternal, one Son of the Father Creator.
I realised that the essence of the objective is to re-train my mind to think as being one with, the same as, the Holy Spirit. Obviously, then the answer is to think of myself and the Holy Spirit as ‘Big Me.’ It is the perfect reminder of who I really am and at the same time, the very word ‘Big’ brings to mind that I am thinking of my oneness with Him. Entirely serviceable for use by one and all who truly seek and earnestly desire to break the cycle of birth and death, and return, forthwith, to our rightful and only Home and inheritance; the Kingdom of Heaven.
The December 13th 2006 MoE sets out the message from Jesus to Olga Park in 1976 about his calling the Holy Spirit down into the Earth. Here is an extract of that message, paraphrasing the words he spoke to the disciples in the long ago, but also speaks again now, for us all:
It is important for you that I go away because if I stay here you will never learn to communicate with that realm (the realm, or mansion, to which he returned, to be with Papa), and at the end of your life here you will not (be able to) come to be with me (there).
Meanwhile, you will need a Teacher to be with you here, to give you what I am saying that you are not able to hear. The Teacher is here with you now but he is not speaking with you – while you are still listening to me with your Earthly hearing (and all the while we are fearful of Him and keep plugging that i-pod into our ears to block out His speaking, we will not be able to hear Him now, either).
In the mansion to which I am going I shall be with my Father and I shall ask Him to arrange for the Teacher to be with you and speak with you from within you.
There is much that you need to know about the Great Purpose of God for men and of His Kingdom of Heaven, that I have not been able to tell you because you were not ready; neither are you ready now!
But the Teacher will be with you always. He will not be going away, and there will be time for him to bring you to more complete understanding (but only if we truly seek and earnestly desire, and ask — because asking is a positive act of attunement, and — because He never intrudes). He will speak only that which he hears me saying to you. He is the Spirit of Truth, who speaks the Word of the Father to me while I am in this life. In that other mansion to which I am going I shall not need his speaking because I will be with the Father.
He will speak that which is new to you but which in reality is very old… from Eternity to Eternity, ever the same.
All things that I have said to you are of this Eternal Truth and the Teacher will bring it into your mind as you have need of it…
In the Introduction to the Clarification of Terms, at the end of ACIM, Jesus says to us:
This is not a course in philosophical speculation, nor is it concerned with precise terminology. It is concerned only with Atonement*, or the correction of perception. The means of the Atonement is (true) forgiveness.
All terms are potentially controversial, and those who seek controversy will find it. Yet those who seek clarification will find it as well. They must, however, be willing to overlook controversy, recognising that it is a defence against truth in the form of a delaying maneuver.
* Pronounced At-One-ment.
That is enough to spike the guns of ego’s army of baulkers and fault-finders and nit-pickers. ☺
Then — at the end of this same section — he tells us definitively about the Holy Spirit and his relationship to Him:
Jesus is the manifestation of the Holy Spirit, (if Jesus is the manifestation of the Holy Spirit and we are one with Jesus in the Sonship — the only difference being that we have forgotten this reality and he has remembered it — then we are also the manifestation of the Holy Spirit, and will become aware of that and experience it when we allow Him to bring it about for us) Whom he called down upon the earth after he ascended into Heaven, or became completely identified with the Christ, the Son of God as He created him. He was “called down upon the earth” in the sense that it was now possible to accept Him and to hear His Voice (as a result of Jesus establishing the precedent of that facility for ‘the children of Earth’ during his time appearing to be with a body, and this was moved to its next phase, manifesting in his followers, at Pentecost). His is the Voice for God, and has therefore taken form (first in Jesus, and now in all who truly seek and earnestly desire to become like Jesus; then, eventually, by the end of the 3rd measure of meal, in all the fragments of the Sonship, until we are re-united in wholeness — holiness — as one). This form is not His reality, which God alone knows along with Christ, His real Son, Who is part of Him.
The Holy Spirit is described throughout the course as giving us the answer to the separation (surely that is worthy of at least one ‘alleluia’!) and bringing the plan of the Atonement to us, establishing our particular part in it and showing us exactly what it is (this is known as having it given to us, freely, on a plate; possible only because we are seen, by He Who knows, as worthy). He has established Jesus as the leader in carrying out His plan since he was the first to complete his own part perfectly. All power in Heaven and earth is therefore given him and he will share it with you when you have completed yours. The Atonement principle was given to the Holy Spirit long before Jesus set it in motion (at the commencement of the 3 measures of meal GRP).
The Holy Spirit is described as the remaining Communication Link between God and His separated Sons. In order to fulfil this special function the Holy Spirit has assumed a dual function. He knows because He is part of God; He perceives because He was sent to save humanity. He is the great correction principle; the bringer of true perception, the inherent power of the vision of Christ. He is the light in which the forgiven world is perceived; in which the face of Christ alone is seen. He never forgets the Creator or His creation. He never forgets the Son of God. He never forgets you. And He brings the Love of your Father to you in an eternal shining that will never be obliterated because God has put it there (if that isn’t telling us something rapturously magnificent, then nothing is).
The Holy Spirit abides in the part of your mind that is part of the Christ Mind. He represents your Self and your Creator, Who are one. He speaks for God and also for you, being joined with both. And therefore it is He Who proves them one. He seems to be a Voice, for in that form He speaks God’s Word to you. He seems to be a Guide through a far country, for you need that form of help. He seems to be whatever meets the needs you think you have. But He is not deceived when you perceive your self entrapped in needs you do not have. It is from these He would deliver you. It is from these that He would make you safe.
You are His manifestation in this world. Your brother calls to you to be His Voice along with him. Alone he (not just our brother Jesus, but each and every one of our brothers in the Sonship) cannot be the Helper of God’s Son for he alone is functionless. But joined with you he is the shining Saviour of the world, Whose part in its redemption you have made complete. He offers thanks to you as well as him for you arose with him when he began to save the world. And you will be with him when time is over and no trace remains of dreams of spite in which you dance to death’s thin melody. For in its place the hymn to God is heard a little while. And then the Voice is gone, no longer to take form but to return to the eternal formlessness of God.
(My emboldening, underlining and some italics, for emphasis).
Here we have, in ACIM, for the first time in human history, a magnificent, definitive, comprehensive statement of Who is the Holy Spirit and our relationship to Him. Ego did not want us to know this, and now that we have it, does not want us to understand it, because it is one giant step toward its undoing. This will, for most of us, require much meaningful contemplation; a perfect opportunity for us to practise asking ‘Big Me’ for help, which will always be gladly given. That is when practising listening will be invaluable, and will pay dividends that are out of this world.
Love and blessings,
June 25th 2008
We are now in the early decades of the 3rd, and final, measure of meal in the Great Rescue Programme. I may be — due to eagerness, excitement, enthusiasm — a little premature in suggesting that we could therefore be on the Home straight, but there are plenty of hints within the pages of ACIM (dictated in the 1960s) that Jesus is also eager, excited and enthusiastic as the Goal of our long and fraught journey looms into view. And it is not just from the pages of ACIM that he is radiating those anticipatory vibes. And why not? He has been, I hardly need say, in on this wondrous plan from the beginning. It is his baby. From a linear perspective, it has been a long, tortuous — and torturous — road, for all the fragmented brethren in the Sonship. In that regard, there is much to be said for forgetfulness. Who wants to be consciously aware of ‘past’ acts in which we may have been eviscerated; or eviscerated a brother; or died a slow and agonising death in childbirth, or whatever?
So, as we begin to move more deeply into the final measure, by the end of which all three will have been leavened and the At-onement completed, what can we expect to begin to see in the way of changes to the way of the events, perceptions, awarenesses that will begin to unfold, both at the level of form and of content?
Well the first thing to say is that, obviously, all form (effect) manifests from content (cause). That means that what is in the without has its origins in the within. Or, put another way, what is in the mind (the within) manifests — in the illusion of time and place — in the without, or form. This was true with Jesus and it is true with us all. Jesus would not, could not have taught as he did, perform the signs and wonders that he did, unless his mind (content/cause) was at the place of full God awareness.
So, he knew Papa totally, knew why he was here (to commence the leavening of the second, ‘Jesus measure’ of meal and ensure it was all in accordance, linking seamlessly, with the first and third measures, so all would leaven). Of course, the GRP was all known and planned, by he who incarnated as Jesus, a long ‘time’ before Abraham incarnated, and it was inevitable that it would be infallible and unstoppable. That’s the way it is with Christ Mind (only to wrong-minded thinking can things go wrong, because wrong mind perceives effects from ego’s handiwork, which is always to divide, separate, foul up, destroy).
That is the way it is with us also, because we are Christ, and as more and more of us ‘fragments’ of the Sonship remember more and more that that is who we are — which is the storyline for the 3rd measure — so will what becomes increasingly clear in our minds become increasingly manifest. From the within into the without; from content/cause into form/effect; from Mind into matter, until matter is harmonised with the reality of Eternity and we have the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth. Then, at the end of the Aquarian age, time (and place) will come to an end because we simply won’t need it any more; we will have awakened — all of us fragments of the Sonship — to the Reality of eternal oneness in Papa, and the dream of separation will have ended.
Of course, during this epoch, ego mind will continue to be actively involved in worldly events and activities, so there will continue to be unconscious guilt and fear, engendering upside-down perceptions that lead to hatred, murder, the lunatics running the asylum, greed, famine and earthquakes, fires and floods. That is the bad news; inevitable in a dream world of duality. However, the good news is that more and more of us are moving actively toward spiritual, eternal wakefulness. This means that more and more of us are becoming Kingdom-motivated, released from guilt and fear through the process of true forgiveness, so more and more events, activities, signs and wonders will become — are already becoming — visible at the level of form. For we have to be made ready for the Kingdom here on Earth before we can be received, uplifted by Papa back into the eternal Kingdom without form and without end.
The power of good, what the bible calls righteousness, will continue to increase as we continue to awaken to the fact that ego only has as much power over us as we ascribe to it. That power over us applies only to the wrong thinking, wrong perceiving part of our mind. That part, which has been dominant over us during the dream of time and place, is beginning to diminish as time, under Christ/Holy Spirit directing and correcting, continues to collapse until there is no more time and the clock stops for lack of anyone left to wind it; and because we will have remembered that we no longer ‘need’ a clock.
It is thanks to the catalyst of ACIM, Jesus’ ‘trump card’ in the GRP, that more and more of us fragments of the Sonship are regaining the power of our own will within the oneness of the Sonship. This will, exercised in just one Self-realised soul, is so much greater than all ‘littleness power’ put together that no Earth-mind thought processes (which are ego-mind thought processes) can begin to comprehend the tiniest fraction of its magnitude and grandeur. Jesus truly was not exaggerating when he said: Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father. (Jn 14:12)
This will, the true, unified, right-minded will of the Son, is one with the Will of the Father. That will is all-empowered for good, for love, for blessing, for healing. It is not bodies that need healing, but the split, fractured, upside-down, misperceiving mind of us who wander, fearful and lonely in the wilderness, believing ourselves to be separate from God. Only a healed, whole, restored mind can effect a healed body. In truth, a healed mind has no concern about the body, whereas most of us pay little heed to mind health and direct endless attention toward the body. (This is not to indicate that we should neglect the body. Balance in all things is sound sense. We are with a body for a purpose, so providing sensibly for it, without turning it into an idol, is reasonable).
This is upside-down thinking; entirely indicative of ego-control, without our even being aware of it. A healed mind is a forgiving and forgiven mind, in which no more illusions of unconscious guilt can engender the fear that is so preventative of our true and natural state of inner peace, and therefore of health, of mind (content) and body (form). Remember, form manifests from content and there is nothing like content-ment (inner peace) for health of form. Form follows content, so taking care first of content (mind) will lead to wellbeing of form without worrying.
So, as we move further into the 3rd measure of meal — the fulfilment measure — and more and more people progress through the awakening process toward Self awareness (healing of mind to full wholeness/holiness through true forgiveness), so more and more miracles of healing of bodies can only, inevitably, follow. This means that the world will become ‘awash’ with Christ-Mind enacted miracles of healing — self-healing and healing of fellow-sojourners, brothers one and all in the Sonship. An inevitable effect of this will be ever-increasing re-unifying of broken relationships, until we are all restored to oneness.
This ‘outbreak of miraculous healings’ will be — during the coming years and decades immediately ahead — so great that even the establishments of governments and allopathic medical practice will be unable any longer to ignore it. This will bring about further giant strides toward the restoration of the Sonship to oneness, as institutionalised arrogance gradually gives way to humility, ego-mind to Holy Spirit Mind.
The Holy Spirit’s job is to correct our wrong-minded thinking. This He does by responding to our asking, seeking, knocking with illumination of our minds with right thinking. Remembering that if we are not expressing love we are asking, seeking, calling for love — and that in this upside-down world such a call is almost always in the form of denial, projection of guilt, and will manifest as attack, judgement, accusation, criticism, rebellion, anti-social behaviour; all of which are asking that someone help us in our unconscious guilt and fear — it becomes clear that old order ‘correction’ (actually, projection) by accusation, condemnation, judgement, incarceration, are ego-devised; the opposite of Holy Spirit correction.
This will gradually be seen for its ineffectiveness and unserviceableness, and replaced by love, understanding, forgiveness and practical help; in other words, Kingdomly motivated thinking, acting, correcting. This transformation will be empowered by the healing, restorative light shone into the darkness of this world by the ever-greater numbers of minds being restored to wholeness by their choosing Jesus and/or the Holy Spirit as their guide to Eternity.
Truly, the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.
Love and blessings for true, inner peace and joy of life,
July 2nd 2008
Here are a few short quotes from various parts of ACIM that can help us to remember who we are and be restored to our true Self; God-empowered, Christ-Minded, eternal, pure, innocent spirit, unencumbered by the littleness perception that has held sway over us since we, God’s beloved Son, submitted to ego wrong thinking at the illusory separation. Emboldening, underlining and some italics are mine, for emphasis:
The Holy Spirit teaches one lesson, and applies it to all individuals in all situations. Being conflict-free, He maximises all efforts and all results. By teaching the power of the Kingdom of God Himself, He teaches you that all power is yours. (Text, page 116)
When I said “I am with you always,” I meant it literally. I am not absent to anyone in any situation. Because I am always with you, you (also) are the way, the truth and the life. You did not make this power, any more than I did. It was created to be shared, and therefore cannot be meaningfully perceived as belonging to anyone at the expense of another. (Text, page 116)
Life has no opposite, for it is God. Life and death seem to be opposites because you have decided death ends life. Forgive the world, and you will understand that every thing that God created cannot have an end, and nothing He did not create is real. In this one sentence is our course explained. In this one sentence is our practicing given its one direction. And in this one sentence is the Holy Spirit’s whole curriculum specified exactly as it is. (Manual, page 52)
You are as God created you. All else but this one thing is folly to believe. In this one thought is everyone set free. In this one truth are all illusions gone. In this one fact is sinlessness proclaimed to be forever part of everything, the central core of its existence and its guarantee of immortality. (Workbook, Lesson 191)
Of course, the entire work is aimed at re-empowering us, leading us back to God, because that is the Great Rescue Programme (GRP) of Jesus; to awaken us from a mad dream of separation from Him. How could we be separate from Him? All who allow themselves any freedom of access to right-minded thinking will be able to see that the very idea is preposterous, and the GRP, now becoming visible to us right within the dream, is demonstrating the preposterousness of it on the one hand, and the wondrousness of the truth of our unchangeable oneness in the Sonship in Eternity with Papa on the other.
The GRP is comprised of myriad MRPs – Mini Rescue Programmes – billions of individual rescue opportunities. Each of us with broken or damaged relationships can use Mind to Mind True Forgiveness Communing (MTMTFC) to heal them, rescue our brethren from the wilderness of aloneness, judgement, grievance, fear, guilt… restore them – and in so doing, restore ourself – to wholeness and oneness.
The GRP cannot, therefore, be fulfilled, completed and the Sonship restored to Its true estate of oneness until all the MRPs have been completed. When a broken relationship between two people has been healed and restored to wholeness through the true forgiveness process, those two become as one, spiritually. When that has happened with all the fragments of the Sonship, then all the MRPs will have become seamlessly re-unified within the GRP, making it complete; mission accomplished. Alleluia! J
Bearing in mind that it is by our judgement that we are judged, and, alternatively, by our forgiveness are we forgiven, it is worth letting go those grievances that ego so depends on our holding onto for its very existence. Here are some helpful reminders of the importance and benefits of letting go of grievances — to shine a light on our path and keep us focussed on the truth of Eternity — from lesson 69 of the Workbook:
You who were created by Love like Itself can hold no grievances and know your Self. To hold a grievance is to forget who you are. To hold a grievance is to see yourself as a body (i.e. as littleness). To hold a grievance is to let the ego rule your mind and to condemn the body to death. Perhaps you do not yet fully realize just what holding grievances does to your mind. It seems to split you off from your Source and make you unlike Him. It makes you believe that He is like what you think you have become, for no one can conceive of his Creator as unlike himself.
Shut off from your (Big) Self, Which remains aware of Its likeness to Its Creator, your Self seems to sleep, while the part of your mind that weaves illusions in its sleep appears to be awake. Can all this arise from holding grievances? Oh, yes! For he who holds grievances denies he was created by Love, and his Creator has become fearful to him in his dream of hate. Who can dream of hatred and not fear God?
It is as sure that those who hold grievances will redefine God in their own image, as it is certain that God created them like Himself, and defined them as part of Him. It is as sure that those who hold grievances will suffer guilt, as it is certain that those who forgive will find peace. It is as sure that those who hold grievances will forget who they are, as it is certain that those who forgive will remember.
Since none of what we have believed to be the ‘real world’ since time began is actually reality, we can choose in our mind, at any and every moment, to see past it to the one, true reality of Eternity. Alternatively, we can continue making the illusion of time and place our reality. This will ensure ego’s continuing existence in our mind and the attendant guilt, fear, and forgetfulness of who we are, rendering continuing sojourns into birth-and-death land inescapable.
However, if we choose, steadfastly, to see past the illusion to the true reality, Holy Spirit (Big Self) will enable it gradually to become our reality. Simultaneously, the illusion becomes less and less apparent until it fades away and ceases to have any reality or meaningfulness for us. That is how it was for Jesus, so for him crucifixion was not a hard choice because his reality was Elsewhere, and his message for us all was/is the resurrection; not of one man’s body but of the little, fragmented mind of the Son of God to its wholeness and oneness in the glory of the Kingdom of Heaven.
That is our destiny and it is unavoidable because we are already there. All we have to do is ask Big Me to lovingly awaken us. He is already doing this for all who ask (and are willing to co-operate!), and He eagerly awaits the willingness of the rest of our fear-filled brethren to ask, so that He can instantly commence giving them His help.
Here’s to a loving, peaceful, joyous reunion in the Eternity of NOW,
‘Spare me the theology; just give me the story.’
July 9th 2008
It is your world salvation will undo, and let you see
another world your eyes could never find.
This quote is from ACIM, T-31.VI.3:4, headedRecognizing the Spirit.
Ego and its construct, the institutionalised church, would have us believe ‘salvation’ comes from believing in our heart and saying with our mouth that Jesus died for our ‘sins’ and then, when we ‘die,’ we will go to Heaven, saved from the eternal damnation of God’s judgement by being ‘washed in the blood of Jesus.’
This is not the ‘salvation’ that Jesus is speaking of in ACIM. Here, he tells us plainly that salvation is simply waking up to the truth of Eternity, of who we really are, by undoing the false hold of ego over us that keeps us in the birth/death, time and place cycle of illusion. This awakening is enabled by retraining our wrong-thinking mind to right-thinking and by the process of true forgiveness, neither of which we can accomplish on our own, but only by calling upon the help of Jesus himself or the Holy Spirit.
Jesus tells us in ACIM that he has become fully and completely identified with the Holy Spirit, so there is no difference in effect between the ‘two,’ because They — and ultimately all of us, once our restoration to fullness of remembrance has taken place — are one in God.
The scriptures revered by that same church quote Jesus as saying that if we live and believe in him we will never die, yet still humanity carries on, on the one hand professing belief and faith in he who spoke those words, and on the other, remaining passively accepting within the consciousness of fear of death, seeing it as inevitable.
All the while we choose to see illusion as reality, so will it be — for us — reality. However, once we choose to allow the Holy Spirit to help us, lead us in this awakening process, we will start to see with the single vision of our eternal Self; and the double vision of our time and place, bodily, illusory, little self will become less and less important to us, our awareness, our perspective, our believing, our perception, until it has become completely meaningless, and disappears forever.
With our ego-dominated, wrong-thinking, separated mind we respond with the perception that all around us, in the very midst of life, we are surrounded by death; that people get old, or ill, and die; that we are a mere, fleeting shadow, so what can we do but accept this as our reality? Well, Jesus has some very good news for us from this same section of ACIM:
Salvation does not ask that you behold the spirit and perceive the body not.
It merely asks that this should be your choice.
That is all that is asked of us; that we choose for it to be so. The Spirit of Truth — which is our Big Self, of Whom I have recently been inspired to think as ‘Big Me’ because that is the truth of our eternal being — will then be able to become active (because, by asking/choosing, we give Him that power and authority over our life, without which He cannot act on our behalf and for our benefit), and take the lead in our awakening process.
Unless and until we choose to allow Big Me to take charge of the retraining, the spiritual awakening, of our mind, we are denying Big Me (and thus, also, ourself, because the two are indivisibly one) the opportunity to begin — and complete — the awakening/remembering for us. In his no-nonsense speaking, calling a spade a spade — which ego is hell-bent on us not doing, hence political correctness — he tells us this is condemning ourself to death. In this same section of ACIM Jesus reminds us:
You see the flesh or recognize the spirit. There is no compromise between the two. If one is real the other must be false, for what is real denies its opposite (who amongst us can argue with that!). There is no choice in (spiritual) vision (as distinct from ocular sight) (i.e. spiritual, or true, vision), that you may see the world of flesh no more but this one. What you decide in this determines all you see and think is real and hold as true. On this one choice does all your world depend, for here have you established what you are, as flesh or spirit in your own belief. If you choose flesh, you never will escape the body as your own reality, for you have chosen that you want it so. But choose the spirit, and all Heaven bends to touch your eyes and bless your holy sight except to heal and comfort and to bless.
Salvation is undoing. If you choose to see the body, you behold a world of separation, unrelated things, and happenings that make no sense at all (such observations — that the world makes no sense — are no longer restricted to barbers and taxi drivers [I jest], for as the process accelerates, so the insanity of this world is becoming plain to all with eyes to see and ears to hear). This one appears and disappears in death; that one is doomed to suffering and loss. And no one is exactly as he was an instant previous, nor will he be the same as he is now an instant hence. Who could have trust where so much change is seen, for who is worthy if he be but dust? Salvation is undoing of all this. For constancy arises in the sight of those whose eyes salvation has released from looking at the cost of keeping guilt, because they chose to let it go instead.
This becomes ever more so as we begin, and move forward into and through the awakening process, and our double, flawed, sight becomes replaced by singleness of vision, showing us the meaninglessness of this world and its endeavours. This realisation, until now, has only come to most of us after we have completed a sojourn in time. Now, we no longer have to wait for an act to end, and can benefit by going forward on the Path that will lead us Home much earlier and much quicker — while we still appear to be with a body. This will drastically reduce the number of further acts needed to get us to an awakened state of mind.
…You do not understand how what you see arose to meet your sight. For if you did, it would be gone. (This is why we must ask Big Me to accomplish our awakening for us, because ego works very hard to keep us, in our littleness, from remembering this, and without Big Me’s help it is impossible). The veil of ignorance is drawn across the evil and the good, and must be passed that both may disappear, so that (mis)perception finds no hiding place. How is this done? It is not done at all. What could there be within the universe that God created that must still be done?
Only in arrogance could you conceive that you (i.e. little self, acting out ego’s script) must make the way to Heaven plain. The means are given you (if only we will ask and be willing to receive) by which to see the world that will replace the one you made.
You who believe that you can choose to see the Son of God as you would have him be, forget not that no concept of yourself will stand against the truth of what you are. Undoing truth would be impossible. But concepts are not difficult to change. One vision, clearly seen, that does not fit the picture as it was perceived before will change the world for eyes that learn to see, because the concept of the self has changed.
Are you invulnerable? Then the world is harmless in your sight. Do you forgive? Then is the world forgiving, for you have forgiven it its trespasses, and so it looks on you with eyes that see as yours. Are you a body? So is all the world perceived as treacherous, and out to kill. Are you a spirit, deathless, and without the promise of corruption and the stain of sin upon you? So the world is seen as stable, fully worthy of your trust; a happy place to rest in for a while, where nothing need be feared, but only loved.
Emboldening, underlining and some italics are mine, for emphasis.
We can choose to commence this salvation/at-onement/awakening/remembering process now — saving untold further circuits on the carousel, for ourself and our fellows — and become immediate recipients of its beneficence and wonders (now, on the cosmic clock, is, assuredly, the most propitious moment); or we can choose to remain on our chosen path of forgetfulness, led by uncertainty, doubt, unconscious guilt and its constantly attendant fear of death that is but a dream, a lie, a sleight. Only if we choose with Big Me will we begin to see past the sleight to the truth of our eternalness and the endless inner peace that accompanies it.
Not too hard a choice, then!☺
Love and blessings, always,
July 16th 2008
We have spoken much in recent weeks and months of the process dubbed here ‘Mind to mind true forgiveness communing’ (‘MTMTFCing’), a procedure in which we practise true forgiveness of a ‘brother’ (who could, of course, be a spouse, an offspring, a parent, a colleague, a stranger, someone who has already laid aside their body, whoever). We do this not by confronting them bodily — which could set the whole process back immeasurably if they are not ready to hear the words spoken face to face — but by envisioning them, directing our thoughts and speaking such words of true forgiveness to them silently in our mind. We then give the words/sentiments to the Holy Spirit (of Whom we can think as ‘Big Me’ because He, ultimately, it is with Whom we are all one, along with Jesus), to give to the forgivee on our behalf.
I can attest that this procedure works — if we truly desire the healing of such broken relationships, and ask Big Me to be in charge of the process (because we, in our illusory, little self mind/understanding do not have the first clue how to do it) — to glorious, magnificent effect. This is unlikely to work in ‘five minutes,’ least of all when we begin practising it upon the most significant broken relationship we first select for the exercise, but this is where FTOC, focus, one-pointed ‘stick-at-it-iveness’ come into their own. If we are half-hearted, we can expect a half-hearted result, which will serve only ego. We have, unwittingly, been doing that for too long; now, the time, the moment, is here for us to begin serving our Self, to the undoing, the dispelling of ego.
Each broken relationship restored to loving, peaceful, wholeness (a holy relationship), is a hologram, or microcosm of the restoration to At-onement of the entire Sonship. This may seem hard for a mind that has lived, since the dawn of time, under the misperceptions of the separation from our Creator — the fragmentation of the oneness of Self into ever greater numbers of ‘individuals’ with apparently separate bodies and minds — to comprehend and accept as truth. But in this, as in all the upside-down thinking we have been duped into believing is right-side up, we have the CEO of the GRP, Jesus, to help us straighten out our thinking. He uses the analogy of the animals entering ‘the ark of peace two by two,’ to describe this, reminding us that we are each our brother’s saviour; that without him (our brother with whom we are experiencing a broken relationship) we cannot enter, and without us, he cannot enter:
…Think not that your forgiveness of your brother serves but you two alone. For the whole new world rests in the hands of every two who enter here to rest. (ACIM T-20.IV.7:2-3)
He continues his explanation thusly:
… And as they rest, the face of Christ shines on them and they remember the laws of God, forgetting all the rest (ego’s insane laws) and yearning only to have His laws perfectly fulfilled in them and all their brothers. Think you when this has been achieved that you will rest without them? You could no more leave one of them outside than I could leave you, and forget part of myself. (That clears up that question, then, since we know beyond doubt that that is impossible, or he would not be Jesus Christ, but ‘plain, ordinary old Jesus of Nazareth,’ and I further attest that he definitely is not just that!)
He leads us up to that explanation, in characteristic manner, with a comprehensive scene-setting:
Nothing can hurt you unless you give it the power to do so… It is not up to you to give power at all(yet we have done so, illusorily speaking, to ego, and most of us have even given it a name — Satan — to make it yet more objectively ‘real’ to our misperceiving minds). Power is of God, given by Him and reawakened (in our minds) by the Holy Spirit… He gives no power to sin, and therefore it has none; nor to its results as this world sees them — sickness and death and misery and pain. These things have not occurred because the Holy Spirit sees them not, and gives no power to their seeming source (here is an unequivocal statement that we have made-up all those unrealities; the only reality they have is what we have given them, and as we begin to see past that illusion, so do they begin to lose that ‘reality’ for us). Thus would He keep you free of them… (if, or rather, when, we are ready to relinquish them to Him; for assuredly, He cannot wrest them from us because we have chosen them.)
Sin has no place in Heaven (if it has no place in Heaven, the only true reality, and our true, eternal Home, then assuredly it has no reality at all!), where its results are alien and can no more enter than can their source (ego). And therein lies your need to see your brother sinless. In him is Heaven. See sin in him instead, and Heaven is lost to you (but not, ever, permanently; only until we awaken enough to choose to see brother — and thus also, ourself, because we are one — sinless). But see him as he is, and what is yours shines from him to you (this illuminating thread of awareness runs consistently through ACIM; it will therefore serve us well to adopt it firmly into our own thinking and understanding, since it is true vision, as distinct from judgement-constructed imagery).
Your savior gives you only love, but what you would receive of him is up to you. (He is, of course, speaking here of the forgivee — our brother with whom we are experiencing, and seeking to heal, a broken relationship — as our saviour, because until we relinquish judgement of our brother, that judgement is keeping us in the hell of time and place.) It lies in him to overlook all your mistakes, and therein lies his own salvation. And so it is with yours. Salvation is a lesson in giving, as the Holy Spirit interprets it (i.e., by giving, so do we receive, simultaneously, because there is only one of us, so we are giving to our Self). It is the reawakening of the laws of God in minds that have established other laws (upside-down, insane, destructive, disempowering, disenfranchising laws; laws of time and place), and given them power to enforce what God created not.
Your insane laws were made to guarantee that you would make mistakes, and give them power over you by accepting their results as your just due. What could this be but madness? And is it this that you would see within your saviour from insanity? He is as free from this as you are, and in the freedom that you see in him (which Big Me will do for us, commensurately with our willingness for it to be so) you see your own (because this is the Law of eternal reality, created by an unconditionally-loving Father Creator). For this you share. What God has given follows His laws, and His alone. Nor is it possible for those who follow them to suffer the results of any other source.
Those who choose freedom will experience only its results. Their power is of God, and they will give it only to what God has given, to share with them... It is of them who learned of freedom that you should ask what freedom is. Ask not the sparrow how the eagle soars, for those with little wings have not accepted for themselves the power to share with you (that power is freely offered to us all, at every moment, yet few are yet ready to accept it rightfully as their own, as Jesus did. It will continue to be freely offered until finally we all, finally, accept it, regardless of how many acts it takes. Then are we one).
The sinless give as they received. See, then, the power of sinlessness within your brother, and share with him the power of the release from sin you offered him. To each who walks this earth in seeming solitude is a saviour given, whose special function here is to release him, and so to free himself. In the world of separation each is appointed separately, though they are all the same. Yet those who know that they are all the same need not salvation. And each one finds his saviour when he is ready to look upon the face of Christ, and see Him sinless. (‘MTMTFCing’ can enable Big Me to accomplish this for us).
The plan is not of you, nor need you be concerned with anything except the part that has been given you to learn. For He Who knows the rest will see to it without your help. But think not that He does not need your part to help Him with the rest. For in your part lies all of it, without which is no part complete, nor is the whole completed without your part (because it is a hologram, which means that the whole is in all the parts). The ark of peace is entered two by two, yet the beginning of another world goes with them (a world — the real World — of wholeness, of holiness, which is Heaven, or Eternity). Each holy relationship must enter here, to learn its special function in the Holy Spirit’s plan, now that it shares His purpose. And as this purpose is fulfilled, a new world (the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth) rises in which sin can enter not, and where the Son of God can enter without fear and where he rests a while, to forget imprisonment and to remember freedom. How can he enter, to rest and to remember, without you? Except you be there, he is not complete. And it is his completion that he remembers there. (This clearly indicates the essential need for true forgiveness, without which we cannot see only the face of Christ in each other and its reflection of our true Self).
You may wonder how you can be at peace when, while you are in time, there is so much that must be done before the way to peace is open. Perhaps this seems impossible to you. But ask yourself if it is possible that God would have a plan for your salvation that does not work. Once you accept His plan as the one function that you would fulfil, there will be nothing else the Holy Spirit will not arrange for you without your effort. (This is one of the key realities of the GRP that ego wrestles hardest to prevent us from believing because it will be such a quantum shift in our awakening, and therefore, in ego’s undoing.) He will go before you making straight your path, and leaving in your way no stones to trip on, and no obstacles to bar your way. Nothing you need will be denied you. Not one seeming difficulty but will melt away before you reach it. You need take thought for nothing, careless of everything except the only purpose that you would fulfil (our only purpose is, namely, to co-operate with Big Me by being willing to allow Him to awaken us to our At-onement with each other, including Jesus, in the Sonship of our Father, Papa). As that was given you, so will its fulfilment be. God’s guarantee will hold against all obstacles, for it rests on certainty and not contingency. It rests on you. And what can be more certain than a Son of God?
(My emboldening, underlining and some italics, for emphasis)
There is an example of ‘MTMTFCing’ given, with some explanatory notes, in the August 22nd 2007 MoE.
We go forward!
Love and blessings, endlessly,
July 23rd 2008
One of the wonders — to those of us who have been living within the consciousness of ‘little self,’ perceiving ourself as a body, separate from all those other bodies around us and around the world — of the awakening process is that we begin to see life, creation, ourself and our fellows from a totally different perspective. This new, different, true perspective comes about as a result of our willingness to allow the Holy Spirit, our Higher, real Self — ‘Big Me’ — to correct our wrong, upside-down, back-to-front, time and place, ego-dominated thinking, so that we can re-commence having awareness of true, eternal reality. Time and place perceptions are then able to be seen for what they are: untrue; misleading; designed to enthral us and keep us imprisoned by belief in the illusions of guilt and fear and ‘sin’ on the not so merry-go-round of birth and death.
The beginning of the awakening process, in which we start to see past the illusions by the faculty of the true vision of Big Me, is a marvellous experience in the true sense of the word. We begin to marvel at the fact that here, while still appearing to be with a body, we are awakening to the experience that we are now on the path home — toward God and Heaven, of course — but that that reality is not ‘out there’ or ‘up there’ but within us, right now. We marvel because with it comes the realisation that it has always been there, and we find ourself saying, ‘How did I never see it, experience it, know it, become aware of it before? Now it all seems so logical, makes so much more sense, falls into place, is so effortless, liberating, synchronistic, inspiring, uplifting, joyful.’
This new, emerging awareness, Self-realisation, although just in its nascent, early stages, simply falls into place and brings with it an increasing, palpable inner peace. This peace is unlike anything a worldly experience can bring. It is a spiritual, mystical awareness of who we really are; God’s eternal, un-harmable by anything of time and place, pure, innocent, safe, all-empowered-by-His-love Son. This awareness comes to us from our own within, where we have our connection to our eternal Self, Who is one with the Creator. It is nothing to do with what we have come to believe are normal, intellectual thought processes based on the body’s sensory perceptions.
The more the ‘new’ (not really new, because we are speaking of that which has always been; we have simply placed a shroud over our vision that has prevented our seeing with the light of spiritual truth) Big Me, right-minded thinking becomes part of our awareness, the greater the understanding, remembering, knowing who we are becomes, and we start to see more clearly how the illusory perceptions really are illusions, even though we believed them to be unquestionable, incontrovertible truth/reality for untold incarnations.
This manifests as a clear, astonishing realisation — enabled by our newly beginning-to-be-restored vision — that all around us ego’s script for keeping us imprisoned in time and place is play-acting itself out over and over again. This script that ego has us playing out, portrays us in a hundred roles, but all are as littleness: contrary; un-co-operative; negative thinking; anti-social; judgemental and unforgiving towards our fellows; lying and fabricating stories that have no foundation in truth; seeking to gain advantage over our fellows to their disadvantage. And the really sneaky thing about ego is that, even if we perceive our self as not playing any of those roles (well, not too often, anyway!) if we see those characteristics in our fellows (instead of only the face of Christ), then we are projecting those characteristics from our own within ‘out there,’ onto other illusory role-players in this tragic drama; so what we see in others is really a projection of our own unconscious guilt and fear.
The only way out of this endless loop is by remembering who we really are and that all our fellows are one with us in our eternal Sonship, that none of us has actually done any of the things the role-playing has been telling us (up ‘til now) that we have done, so we can easily, truly forgive them and our self, because it was never anything but a dream. This, we cannot do alone, but Big Me can and will do it for us if we are willing to allow Him. This is greatly facilitated by reminding ourself, multiple times day and night, who we really are and that there is, in truth, no line of demarcation between us (as we have perceived ourself as being — little) and Big Me.
Then, suddenly, catching us almost unawares, there arises a holy instant, a serendipitous moment (though this is by no means a chance event, as that word suggests) in which we find that we have been thinking, experiencing ourself, as Big Me. The realisation that it has happened, for the first time, hits us a moment after it has happened, and we say, out loud even, ‘Hey! That was me, and I was thinking as Big Me, for the very first time, and it happened spontaneously. This means I am beginning to really, truly identify with and as being Big Me, rather than simply thinking that Big Me is a very close companion who occasionally slips a word or an idea or train of thought into my mind. This can only mean the beginning of the end of littleness for me.’
It seems, in retrospect, that such a moment, a revelation, should have had a drum roll, a fanfare, a 100-voice choir singing the Alleluia chorus from Handel’s Messiah. Maybe all those things occurred in the heights of Heaven, but here, in our own inner self, we realise that no such accolade is necessary; it was a quiet recognition of the truth about our own reality; an affirmation of what all along we knew was so. It leaves us with an intense inner feeling of uplift, comfort, assurance that all is well and that we are truly on the Path, are loved, blessed and cared for.
We are grown into remembrance of the fact that we are Big Me by the Voice for the Good Husbandman once we are willing to allow that process to commence. Assuming does not come into it, because it is a gift, given freely and gladly. Our only part in this process is our willingness to receive the gift — something the ego-dominated, split-off part of our mind will resist with all the wiles it can muster because this will be the beginning of the end of ego’s vise-like grip on us.
This holy instant moment is fleeting, and is past before we realise it has happened; yet it is so powerfully real as to cause us to earnestly desire its recurrence. Inwardly, we know that, having once been ours, its return is as assured as is our desire for it. Yet, intuitively we also know that we can exercise no conscious control over how or when it will be; only a living certainty that it will come again and again (each time unannounced, when we are not expecting it) until, just like it was with Jesus, it will be ours for the eternal holy instant. Then will we be fully awake and that will herald our oneness with All That Is.
We also have an inner knowing that although we cannot attain unto that moment again at will, yet is it closer to us (not necessarily, or exclusively within the illusory context of time, because this is of Eternity) after that first occurrence than it was before, and it will be ever more so after each subsequent recurrence. And, when we give heartfelt thanks to the Still Small Voice Within, It instantly says, ‘It is yours, for there is no separateness.’ In chapter 11 of Murdo MacDonald-Bayne’s book ‘Divine Healing of Mind & Body’ Jesus, overshadowing Murdo before an invited audience, says:
…As the seed is sown in the kindly darkness of the earth, the Life in the seed unites with the Life in the earth, waiting to reproduce it; the Life in the seed grows out of the darkness to express Itself in the image and likeness of the seed sown. So does the Spirit of God: the Christ is the seed that is in you, and shall grow out of the darkness that surrounds you. The beauty of the Christ shall manifest in you as the image and likeness of the Father.
This is, of a certainty, how it was, constantly, with Jesus, in the long ago, and it is, indubitably, the goal of us all, here in the time and place dream realm. This state of Mind, our true state of Mind, is the precursor to the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth, and a prerequisite, preparation for our upliftment by Papa from there into the Eternity of Heaven, at which point the finite realm of time and place, the ‘physical’ universe, the Earth, our separated selves will all cease to have any perceived value, meaning or benefit, and will cease to appear to have any existence, along with any perceived need we have had for it.
We will have been completely restored to full remembrance of our true nature, destiny and heritage: God’s only Son, the Christ, which we have always been and will always be. When Jesus said, ‘I am the Way, the Truth and the Life, no man comes to the Father except by me,’ he was speaking not as Jesus the body, but as a manifestation of the One, true, fully restored Christ. That is who we all are, and as such, we also truly are the Way, the Truth and the Life, and it is completely impossible that any of us fragments of the Sonship could come (back) to the Father except by being restored to that state of being that is who and what we really are.
To make an exclusivist religious doctrine out of such an eternal reality is entirely out of accord with Jesus’ intent by the statement, and entirely unserviceable to the furtherance of the GRP.
Jesus puts it thusly in his speaking through Murdo, in that same chapter:
As a baby lies in the arms of its mother, feel also that you are in the arms of the Ever-Eternal Father, and allow Him to do what He pleases with you. Then there shall be no struggle, and the Power of God will be in your mind and heart; your hand will be strong, your mind will be alert. This is the Power of the Christ that is with you always.
Then He will embrace you with His love, and you will eat at His table; and serving you with His own hands He will give you the key to His treasure.(See Lk. 12:37 and SFGS chapter 9.) He will converse and delight Himself with you incessantly in thousands of ways and He will treat you as His favourite. (Not hard, since there is but one of us!)
In this way you will consider yourselves at all times in His Holy Presence; of this I know so well.
It is the living Power of God that dwells in you, and you can have this Living Power now. Recognise it and adore it, and dwell in the Holy Presence of the Father, recognising His Greatness, His Love, His Power; because all is His, and what is His is yours also.
Can there be anything more to say, other than Alleluia?!
July 30th 2008
Most of us become so engaged with matters of time and place while we appear to be here that they occupy nearly all of our thoughts, leaving little opportunity for consideration of Eternity. Then, when time is running out for us at the end of a sojourn here, we realise that we have missed a priceless opportunity to progress spiritually. Finally, after we have actually laid aside our body, we are rapidly faced with the realisation that ultimately, nothing of ‘form’ – i.e. material considerations - that we may have valued so highly whilst here, is of any value to us in this ‘new’ place we then find ourself.
In fact, the things we may have valued highly here can then be seen to have been to our detriment when we have left them behind because they distracted us so much from what really matters, and why we are really here. The only thing that really matters here is relationships. We may believe that the ‘good’ relationships are what count, and it is of course true that they are invaluable, a wondrous blessing and joy. But the relationships that are of greatest significance to our spiritual, eternal wellbeing are the bad ones, the broken ones. It is for them that we are here; to heal them. No broken relationship is a chance thing. It has its origin in some causative factor, and the more broken it is, the deeper are its roots in some former events, and therefore, the more important it is that we address it, because it is an opportunity for healing, so that we can be released from the burden of its brokenness.
It is broken relationships, and our dogged determination to allow them to remain broken (by projecting our judgements onto them instead of truly forgiving them) that keeps us bound to time and place. Time and place does not come to an end for us when we lay aside our body at the end of an act. That simply affords us an opportunity to reflect upon how we handled the opportunities we called into our presence whilst with a body. It is said that this is a life review; a self assessment time. We are not — ever — judged and condemned by our Creator, but because of our allegiance to false thinking and seeing, due to ego’s dominance of our mind, we are adept at judging and condemning our self.
Here, we judge ourself as a failure because we believe we are inadequate in our business, or social, or sporting, or cultural, or financial, or professional endeavours. When we find ourself in the etheric counterpart of Earth after a sojourn here we realise — too late — that it is human relationships that we would have been wise to address more fully. Healing broken relationships enables the Sonship to be restored to wholeness, oneness, and thus to awaken to our eternal Home in Heaven, permanently dispelling time and place.
Jesus reminds us in ACIM that there is no sin; that it is ego that would have us believe we are sinners, but that in reality, we are simply mistaken in our perceptions and that these simple errors can be easily corrected. Why would a benign, loving Creator punish His beloved Son for being mistaken?
It is for the correction of errors, mistakes, misperceptions that we return again and again to a body in time and place, so that we can awaken from them to the truth about our eternal, unconditionally-loving Self (of which Jesus is our exemplar), and that this truth will then set us free from the chains of time and place. Everything about time and place is designed to mislead us, divert us from awakening to eternal truth, and thus being freed.
For example, in chapter 22, section III of ACIM, he explains that time and place, being an illusion, is therefore nothing, but our bodily senses are made to cause us to appear to have experience of that nothing, and mislead us into believing that it is real. This includes, of course, our eyes, which see only what is in the without, or the outer; yet the outer is only an illusion, so does not exist in the only true reality, which is… yes, you got it, Eternity! Seeing only the outer distracts us from seeing the inner reality.
Yet the outer all seems so solid, so real. So, how can we get past seeing the illusory outer and start engaging reality with our true, spiritual vision, which has nothing whatsoever to do with our sensory perceptions? The answer is, Think like Big Me. Jesus tells us that he identified with the Holy Spirit, which is the Spirit of Truth, or the Holy Breath, or Big Me, by thinking like Him, until he became so completely aligned with His thinking that they became identical. Big Me’s thinking is right-Minded, or Christ-Minded thinking, which is the opposite of ego-mind thinking (which is based on observations made with our sensory perceptions). But those sensory perceptions are misperceptions, so, from the perspective of Eternity (the only true perspective), our thinking from within the context of time and place (an illusion) can only be wrong-minded thinking.
‘Okay,’ I hear someone at the back say, ‘I hear what you say, but it is easier said than done. We are deeply habituated in sensory-perception-led thinking; the whole world around us is completely inured in it, and anyone who says, thinks or does differently is looked upon like a freak. How can anyone survive in the asylum unless he ‘thinks’ like a lunatic?’
The answer is quite simple, easy and painless: We don’t have to ‘do’ this ourself. All that is asked of us is that we desire for it to be so and Big Me does it for us. Oh yes, it helps — well, actually, it is prerequisite, for nothing happens without faith — if we can believe this!! That is not so easy because ego will jump through hoops to prevent us from believing something so easy can be possible, and the way wrong-minded thinking works, it is easy to believe no-one will do us a favour for nothing, and very hard indeed to believe anyone will. This is often the case in this opposite-of-all-that-is-of-God dream, but it is not the case in the real world of Papa’s Kingdom, which is our true Home.
Jesus is recorded as saying to those he healed, ‘Your faith has made you whole.’ In those instances he was saying it was their faith in him (because, like today, most people did not have faith in themselves, though they were able to have faith in him because they saw the miracles he performed). But the GRP moves forward, and we are now in the place of progress of the GRP where the Good Husbandman is growing us, awakening us to the fact that we can have faith in our Self (Big Me), just as Jesus had faith in his Self, because he had remembered who he really is, and we are ready to begin remembering who we really are; God’s only begotten Son. There is no difference between Jesus and the rest of us except that we have forgotten this truth, and most of us are still allowing ego to cause us to continue in this forgetfulness, or wrong thinking.
Here is a suggestion for helping us to remember who we really are, because only by keep reminding ourselves, over and over, will the light get through the fog we have placed around ourselves to blind ourself from the truth:
“I am Big Me now.”
This is already a fact, and always has been, for us all, and has no dependence on our being aware of it in order to make it so. But reminding ourself of this fact will help us greatly in attuning with Big Me’s inspiration, guidance, enlightenment, protection, synchronistic activity in our lives; a win-win situation.
Commitment to the beliefs that arose during the first measure of meal became outdated, redundant, and replaced by a new level of commitment and understanding when the second measure of meal commenced leavening. The ideas and understanding of the second measure similarly became outdated, outgrown, and are being superseded by the third measure of meal understanding, which has already commenced leavening. If a measure of meal is 2000 years and the third measure began leavening in 1965, or thereabouts, that means we are approximately 2.15% of the way through the final measure.
Some of us will sit on the sidelines, equivocating, havering, uncertain, fearful of being seen as an apostate or a heretic, or even a blasphemer, assuredly destined for some fearful judgement of Papa. That is just how it was at commencement of the second measure, leavened by Jesus 2000 years ago. The orthodox (first measure) believers looked upon Jesus and his followers as renegades, and did all they could to stop this new understanding, this new leaven, from spreading.
In time and place consciousness, history is now repeating itself. ACIM, along with other, complementary, Kingdom-Age emerging awareness, is reviled by second-measure thinkers, who feel threatened by it instead of enlightened, and hunker down in the old-order rote system of belief that, rather than going forward, is actually going backwards. Soon, the Doppler Effect will set in as the Kingdom Age continues to move forward and gathers pace (as it unstoppably will) and the ‘orthodox’ second-measure order (typified by the church of Laodicea) continues to rip itself asunder and subside into the mire of despond.
In contrast, the small nucleus of those who are ready for the Kingdom Age will grow as more and more see through the emptiness of the Laodicean order and emigrate to Philadelphia (see SFGS, vignette number 10).
Assuredly, there have always been two options available to ‘the children of Earth’: Onwards and upwards (into the Light), or downwards and backwards (further into the dark).
Love and Light,
August 6th 2008
Any event that seems to take place in time can be seen in one of two ways: either that it happened, and we are thus affected by it (to a greater or lesser extent, according to how personal or otherwise it is to our self, or our attitude towards it, such as politics), or, we can choose to see that because time and place are an illusion (even quantum physicists are now coming to the realisation that this is true), we are not — cannot be — really ‘here,’ but are safe at Home in Eternity, or Heaven.
Clearly, that means that the apparent event couldn’t have actually happened and could not, therefore, have been anything other than a dream, an unreality. Thus, it would be entirely reasonable to adopt the position of not being affected by any and every such apparent event.
It is apposite to observe at this point that joy — a wonderful, uplifting, positive, inner peace-evoking feeling — is of God, our real Self, Heaven, so meeting any apparent event here with joy is our real Self. Conversely, if we respond to any apparent event with fear, guilt, doubt, confusion, anger, despair, this is of ego mind; our false, unreal, upside-down, little self. Interestingly, the same apparent event can be met by the former response in one person and the latter response in another. That clearly indicates that it is not the event that is either of Heaven or of hell, but the state of mind (or Mind!) of the observer.
For example, person A seeks after spiritual truth, and welcomes it with joy at every mystical encounter, or contact from the Realms of Light. Person B is full of fear of the ‘invisible’ realms and is convinced that contact with them is against the Will of God; that those who engage in such activity are sinners, destined for ‘outer darkness,’ or hell fire and damnation for all eternity, consigned there by a vengeful God.
Person A eagerly desires to share, to extend the joy and enlightenment they experience from such spiritual, metaphysical encounters, but B is deeply against discussing such matters and believes that even contact with A is placing B in mortal danger of judgement from God (based on Deuteronomy 18:10-12), so severs the relationship with A, believing not just A to be in mortal danger, but placing others with whom he associates in equal danger, because A is trafficking with Satan, who has him ensnared.
Person A is filled with joy by awareness of, and contact with, those from spirit who come to bring the truth of Eternity in a loving, benign and profoundly uplifting and enlightening way, and desires earnestly to extend such joyous experiences to his brother, B, in the Sonship. But B is deeply fearful, intent on continuing to hide his self-perceived sinful existence here in time and place as long as possible from the wrathful God he has imagined and, in his own mind, made real.
As an aside, it is interesting to note that many people with the perceptions of person B in this example, claiming the Bible to be the literal and infallible word of God, choose to embrace homosexuality as acceptable in today’s society, even though those same scriptures state (in much stronger terms) that homosexuality is an abomination and those who practice it ‘shall surely be put to death’ (Leviticus 18:22 and 20:13). This very issue continues — relentlessly, so it appears — to rend the Anglican and Episcopal Communions (and, assuredly, other institutionalised religious groups) into yet another, irreconcilable schism. If ego is capable of anything remotely resembling joy, this situation will assuredly be evoking it.
One could apply the principle involved here at any ‘level’ or to any situation and it would be true. The principle is that it is not the ‘event’ that is either good or bad, but how we choose to view it. It could neither be good nor bad because it is unreal, an illusion.
If we take just about as ‘bad’ an event as humanity has inflicted upon itself — the holocaust — as another example, few would disagree that it was a terrible demonstration of the depths of depravity to which we are capable of permitting ego to drag us. Yet, from the perspective of Eternity, rather than allowing our separated mind to see it as humanity’s true, evil nature, we can choose to remember that we are actually created in the image and likeness of the unconditionally loving and accepting Creator.
This is the perspective which enabled Jesus to accept the cross, because he knew death is impossible. It was not death, but the resurrection (of us all, from belief in the illusion of death to remembrance that eternal life is, and has always been, Papa’s free gift to us) that was his message for us. Can we envision Jesus as being depressed or desolate at the awfulness of the holocaust?
Ego would have us believe that to allow ourself to remain unflinchingly at peace within and joyful in the face of such an event would be highly inappropriate, callous, uncaring, unfeeling. To maintain our inner focus on the truth and reality of Eternity and its endless joy, peace and love, irrespective of outward events that appear to be catastrophic — wars, genocides, earthquakes, tornadoes, tsunamis, economic downturns, epidemics, whatever — in no way indicates a lack of caring, compassion, love, for those caught up in them.
Matthew 14:14 says And Jesus went forth, and saw a great multitude, and was moved with compassion toward them, and he healed their sick. The Gospels refer to his compassion for the people on a number of occasions, and compassion is, of course, an integral aspect of unconditional love. Assuredly, if he had allowed himself to become dragged down by what appeared to be going on around him, his own inner being — his Mind and Spirit — would have been dimmed by it and he would have been unable to manifest the wonderworking of his Heavenly Father that he had come to demonstrate as normal (and that, if we could only believe, the works that he performed, and greater works, would also be performed, as normal, by us), as a key part of the leavening process of the second measure of meal, and thus, of the entire GRP.
The truth is, Jesus remained centred, focussed, attuned at all times to the awareness of who he was and why he was here; nothing distracted him from that, with one short-lived exception: his ‘passion’ in Gethsemane, during which fear — terror — overtook him. But he prayed, remained steadfastly committed to his mission, and within a short time was restored to his full, inner strength and one-pointedness. Who could blame him for that moment of unspeakable agony and angst?
Of course, most of us are some way from the experience of being where Jesus was on the path to remembrance of who we are and why we are here, but we can choose to accept as our belief principle the general awareness of who we are and why we are here: Papa’s only begotten, deeply, totally, unconditionally loved Son, here by mistaken belief that we are separated from our Father Creator, and now in the process of being rescued from our mistake, and awakened to the one true reality; Eternity, Heaven.
We are here to remember that, allow Big Me to restore to us control over our own Mind by undoing ego’s control over it through true forgiveness of our self, our brethren, the world, for what we have never done (if it is all an illusion, in which it is impossible for anything that appears to be real to actually be real, how could we have done anything ‘wrong’?)
When we look upon what is in the without with our bodily senses it seems hard — many would say, impossible — to get, and stay, focussed on the inward reality. That is why Jesus counsels us to enter our ‘closet’, shut the door (on the clamour of this insane world around us, invading our inward being with all its ego-driven might), and then to pray, attune with the Father and His Kingdom within us. Jesus and Big Me know that (‘little’) we are barely nascent in this, and accept that we are beginners, so success will only be partial, sporadic at first (even when we don’t, and beat ourself up — just as ego wants — because we haven’t got all the way to our Destination at the first attempt).
Ego scores its victories over us time and time again when we give up because it didn’t happen, to our outward perception, in ‘five minutes.’ What we are missing (because our outward perception is completely flawed and upside down) is that the very instant that we choose to go within, sincerely desire to know the truth that will set us free, the Rescue Process is set in motion. It is our own desire that enables it to be set in motion. Without that, Big Me remains waiting, with infinite patience, but eager desire and willingness, to begin our awakening; to bring to us the all-empowered help that not only makes it possible, but makes it inevitable.
If we had, at that moment, the vision that is promised — guaranteed — us, that is, and has always been, ours, we would be aware of the great shout of joy that goes up in Heaven for us, and the limitless resources that are instantly activated from there for our upliftment. Then would we never look back on what has kept us in its thrall for so long, because we would instantly be aware that it is completely without meaning, value or reality.
Then would we be content to accept that, because we have believed ourselves to be little for so long, we seem only to be making little steps, one at a time. We would be content because we would realise that each step is seen, in the reality of Heaven, as a giant step; that all Heaven is rejoicing mightily over each and every one we take. It would become apparent to us that the words of Isaiah 35: 5-6 are being fulfilled in us: Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing.
The ‘then’ spoken of is NOW, the third measure of meal; the fulfilment measure. As the outer continues to fall into disarray, so does the Kingdom within gather strength. Who, with all the power and love of Papa and Heaven to uphold them, could find the choice between miracles-and-Eternity and disarray-and-death hard to make? ☺
August 13th 2008
First, Theresa and I will be travelling a fair bit for a few weeks starting next week, in part as celebration of 40 years of togetherness, so there may be few opportunities for sending the weekly MoEs and Diary entries. Thank you for your patience. As Arnie would say, ‘I’ll be back!’
In the 12th chapter of John’s Gospel, Jesus says:
The hour is come, that the Son of man should be glorified. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth alone: but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit. He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal.
Now most of us who know those words of his have been led to believe they refer, analogously speaking, to Jesus alone, and that he is speaking of his imminent crucifixion and subsequent resurrection, followed by an admonition to us all about having too much commitment to this temporal realm at the expense of Eternity. A closer look will reveal that although that initial interpretation is, of course, correct, he is taking that example of what was shortly to occur to speak in principle about life here in the dream world of separation and its outworking to completion.
Throughout ACIM he refers to those of us who accept our apparent ‘littleness’ and see relationships as ‘special’ as being alone and lonely, separate from Papa, from our brethren (even though we appear to be surrounded by them, but we are separated from their — and our — true reality by our misperceptions, and are thus alone and lonely) and from our true, limitless, eternal Self.
This quote from John’s Gospel is reminding us that here, in our sleeping (like a dormant wheat seed) state, we abide alone, even in the midst of all our brethren, spiritually. But if we are ready and willing to surrender our attachment to time and place, and the mechanism for kidding ourself that we are an individual — our body — we will immediately begin to bring forth ‘much fruit.’ The analogy does not imply that we have to be crucified, or depart from our body by any other means, but simply amend our perceptions about its value to us.
The fruit we will bring forth has nothing whatsoever to do with empire building, material success. That may well be a spin-off, or fringe benefit, but we will find that our attachment to time and place and material ‘stuff’ fades. Something of immeasurably greater value to us — a pearl of great price — takes their place. That pearl is our spiritual vision; our awakening awareness of the eternal Kingdom of Heaven, right here, right now, while still appearing to be with a body. That body will cease to be perceived as who we are and instead will be seen as simply a communication mechanism for Big Me to extend His good news about who we all are to His brethren who still believe in – or are deceived by – littleness, and thus help them to awaken to the truth at a pace with which each is comfortable.
It is difficult to envision what those intangible valuables, that much fruit, could be until we begin to experience them; and meanwhile, fear of losing what we already believe we have — however tenuous our hold on our idols may be — keeps our hands literally or metaphorically clasping onto what we have long-believed was ours. Yet our hands must be open in order to receive. And as the material world and its treasures become, in these dangerous and treacherous, fear-filled times, more and more uncertain, even to those who are deeply slumbering, so does fear of losing the little we appear to have increase; and lying, cheating, stealing become relentlessly endemic. Yet Jesus says in Luke 16:11-12:
If therefore ye have not been faithful in the unrighteous mammon, who will commit to your trust the true riches? And if ye have not been faithful in that which is another man’s, who shall give you that which is your own?
This is clearly telling us that if we are unable to be trustworthy, how can we receive the free gift of the Kingdom, (which is our own because Papa has given it to us) and is awaiting us if we can only be willing to trust the Giver enough to receive it?
The gifts that we begin to receive immediately — the fruit that we begin to bring forth — and that continue to grow and become ever more blessing to us and our fellows are:
Inner peace. That, as an alternative to fear, is truly a pearl of great price; a price that this world and its richest, most powerful people can neither buy nor give. Inner peace has nothing to do with what is happening around us. The best example of that is Jesus being inwardly at peace as he was being nailed to the cross. How far are we from that place? It may seem a very, very long way, but that is a misperception which ego wants us to believe is true. All the while we believe it, it will be our reality because we are making it so; it is not God Who is withholding that inner peace. How can we be sure he was at peace at that moment? Because he knew he was not a body and that all appearances to the contrary are a dream, and he was awake from that dream. How can one fear a dream when one is awake? Only when we are in the dream can it be fearful to us.
Being more realistic and pragmatic, which Jesus and Big Me most certainly are, it is unlikely that that elusive inner peace will become fully, comprehensively ours in a trice. That is not because it is being withheld from us but because we are not, yet, sufficiently grown in faith and trust. We have been conscious in the midst of fear and mistrust far too long to be able to trust more than our self-perceived littleness will ‘sensibly’ permit, based on our experiences of this deceiving, lying, stealing, murdering, insane world.
But Jesus and Big Me are totally trustworthy. This is not something most of us are willing to proclaim from the centre of a bustling shopping centre or railway station. Fortunately, we are not required so to do (though evangelical churches may disagree with that). But it is a major help if we are willing to do it in the privacy of our own within. Actually, it is a great deal more than a major help. It is totally requisite. It is as requisite as those Jesus healed having faith that he could heal them. Without their faith he could not have healed them, and he told them so. He said, ‘Your faith has made you whole.’ Without our faith They cannot rescue us from egoland.
If we are willing to ‘surrender our leasehold on our life’ into the care of Jesus and/or Big Me, then that inner peace, or the first stirrings of it, will be with us; and it will grow in direct proportion to our FTOC. That is sufficient to encourage those who are seeking inner peace to practise surrendering multiple times every day. We are in charge of our own inner peace; no-one else. Not even God. How can God give us something we are unwilling to receive? If we are a little willing, we can receive a little inner peace. That will encourage us and grow us to be more, and more, and more willing to receive, until finally we are totally willing, just as Jesus was totally willing (‘Of myself I can do nothing.’) Then the flood gates are fully open and we will be Home, awake, at peace; the dream will be behind us, and we will know, truly know, that there is not, and never was, anything to fear.
You may be wondering what other fruits or benefits are available. If you are, you are undervaluing inner peace. Inner peace may not sound, to a world where the latest model Winnebago is a big deal, like anything much to write home about. But inner peace is the state of being in which we find our Self. There are no words missing from that sentence. Our true (Big) Self is who we really are; eternal, innocent, totally joyful, totally loving, totally blessing, totally accepting, totally grateful.
At commencement of the 2nd measure of meal it was the time for Jesus, the ‘firstfruits’ of the Son of man, or Sonship, to be glorified. Now, at the commencement of the 3rd, or fulfilment measure, it is the time for the rest of the Son of man, or Sonship (that’s us; all of us) to be glorified. All the while we hang on to our leasehold, we remain alone, lonely, dormant (i.e. asleep); can bear no (spiritual) fruit, cannot experience the glory of who we really are in our oneness with Papa.
Jesus is not implying that we have to undergo being nailed to a cross, or endure any other manner of untimely end to our being with a body in order to be glorified. The inference to be drawn from this quote from Luke chapter 12 is that by withdrawing our commitment to time and place and placing it in Eternity, then will we bring forth much fruit. Many of us may feel it is unlikely Jesus would have used the word ‘hate’ in reference to our leasehold. The Bible in Basic English rephrases the KJV (and most other) translation of the last part of that quote from Luke in which the word hate is used thusly: And he who has no care for his life in this world… That seems to me more like the way Jesus would actually have stated it.
Finally, inner peace spontaneously evokes total, unconditional love, joy, blessing, acceptance and gratitude. He who radiates those qualities, those attributes, brings mighty gifts indeed to all who encounter him, transforming their lives, literally, forever; abundant fruit indeed.
Peace, inwardly and eternally,
Theresa and I were travelling in North America from August 20th to September 24th, so there were few opportunities for new postings between those dates.
We are now back from our travels and normal activity on this page has recommenced as of October 1st 2008
October 1st 2008
Theresa and I are now back from our travels, albeit two days later than originally planned, due to the demise of the airline that carried us on our outward journey, necessitating a delayed return via another carrier. This is a symptom of the events currently unfolding around us in this illusory world.
These events are effects of the illusory separation consciousness, and come as no surprise to those whose vision is steadfastly focussed on the reality of Eternity;
that we are not a body, but the perfect, eternal, indestructible, innocent one Son of the Father Creator;
that we have come to believe we are separate from Him and from each other and are living in a self-induced sense of fear, guilt and scarcity;
that this has caused us to perceive everything from a wrong-minded, upside-down perspective;
that all this is being corrected for us from the only real place — Eternity, or Heaven, which is our true home — by the Voice for God, which Jesus speaks of as the Holy Spirit, and which is our real, higher Self;
that this Great Rescue Programme, of which Jesus is the Chief Executive Officer, is in the process, right now, of awakening us to the right-minded thinking and knowing that is our true, Christ reality and this is, even now, restoring us to our true estate of the oneness of the Sonship;
that this restoration will have been completed by the end of the Aquarian age, or third measure of meal, upon which the illusory ‘physical’ universe — which is a mirage-like construct of the upside-down, split-off-from-truth part of our mind — will cease to have any existence in our mind (because our mind will have been healed) and will thus disappear from our awareness and we will have re-awakened at home with Papa in Heaven.
In February 1998, in a dream experience, I was in the presence of loved ones in spirit, who were sending out into the ether the question for those in the Earth life who were focussed only at the time and place consciousness (and thus oblivious to the reality of who we all really are) “Where is your life going without the Lord Jesus?” The intent of this question was/is to act as a jolt, to bring those who are ready to a place of greater wakefulness to the meaninglessness of life in time and place unless it has a focus upon the reality of spiritual truth and our true nature as God’s Son, and that our only purpose in being here is to get back to our home in Him.
At the Communion following that dream I recorded the following exchange with Jesus:
Beloved Lord, I pray that the experience of passing along the message of departed loved ones, “Where is your life going without the Lord Jesus?” may be born of your wisdom, guiding, power and love, so that it may be thus empowered for success in winning the souls of many hard-hearted, stiff-necked, faithless and perverse souls of this generation, and that if it is not by your power and authority but instead, of my own self-will or worse, the devices of the enemy, that it may very quickly fade away from my memory.
My son, I do reassure you that there are many, many blueprints in the Kingdom portmanteau and that this experience is but one. Nevertheless, the stiff-necked need a jolt to loosen up their breadth of vision and understanding, and such a device is just so designed. As with all plans, principles and mechanisms, let it operate only within the encompassment of Love. Let the Love of the Holy One for His little ones, however close yet however far they might feel from Him, be in your heart. There, but for His Grace, His power, His redeeming of your life, go you.
Only within the scope of such absolute commitment to His love in your heart and in all your motivation, can any such device be eternally serviceable to His eternal purposes. Outwith such commitment it becomes a tool of subversion and distortion of Truth in the hands of the prince of time and place.
Hold fast to the goal of your vision so that perspectives in-between do not lead you astray. I will never leave you nor forsake you. My programme goes forward apace. Do thou remain steadfast in thy one-pointedness, that double-vision does not intervene. All is well; peace and joy of eternity be with you now and always.
Many years ago, the young son of a family with whom I was (and still am) in a close and loving relationship showed me his little sister, who had fallen asleep on her bed one afternoon. He told me that she slept so soundly that shouting in her ear would not even cause her to stir. He demonstrated this, to my astonishment, by blowing his trumpet (which he played in a school band) as loudly as he could, just inches from her ear, and which produced not so much as a flicker from his sister. He told me that only a prolonged and vigorous shaking, or jolting, would cause her to arouse, so deep were her slumbers.
Truly, the world at large is so deeply slumbering in its dream of separation and forgetfulness of its true nature and heritage as God’s perfect Son that it needs a jolt to waken it from its slumbers and dreams of littleness, fear and scarcity that cause selfishness and greed to dominate its behaviour. Such a jolt (otherwise known as consequences, or, as you sow, so shall you reap) is what the world is now experiencing. This is the nature of an ego fabricated world, and so will it continue to experience such jolts, in one form or another, until we, the Sonship, remember and acknowledge our true spiritual nature; until we finally awaken and abandon our prodigal ways, to return home to our Father’s house.
Events in the without, under control of the prince of time and place, otherwise known as ego, are designed to keep us in the dynamic of fear and hope, or carrot and stick. They are, fortunately, illusory, even though they appear very real to those whose house has been repossessed and whose job has just evaporated.
In May 1997 Jesus said to me:
All is according to your desire. Psychic conditions of the moment have no impact upon the desire of your heart for it is forged in the eternal realms of *fire, unquenchable.
Let your heart and mind focus on your desire; let your desire be as my desire — for love, blessing and the freedom of eternal life for all my little ones — for in this is peace, strength, power, upliftment, wholeness, and renewal for you as well as all the beneficiaries of your blessings. This is Papa's way, that all should benefit. It is eternal reality. It is livingness; dynamic, joyous, mystical, empowering. It is of the life force and shall uprate the lives of all who partake of it…
And the meek and the humble shall be given all things of the Great Storehouse of eternity, so that all shall know the livingness of my Word. And many shall come to me and drink of the fountain of living water springing up from me, that they might be refreshed eternally.
I say to you all, be of great good cheer, for all is accomplished and the fulfilment of prophecy is assured. This is the power of desire. Let your light so shine among your fellows, in the Earthly life and for those who have left their bodies behind but not the Earth. All is well. Peace and joy be with you always.
*Fire is the symbol of the realm of Eternal, Spiritual reality.
It takes one-pointed commitment to remain focussed on the reality of Heaven and the love and tender care in which we are all — each and every one of us — so deeply, fully and completely held. This is a haven of peace in a world of chaos and turmoil that appears to be going on all around us.
True forgiveness of those we perceive as having wronged us is the way to that haven. May that peace infill us all and create a fortress of tranquillity that will enable and empower one-pointed focus upon, and commitment to the reality of our oneness in the Sonship of God.
October 8th 2008
As mentioned on previous occasions, Jesus teaches us, in ACIM, how we can, in full co-operation with the Holy Spirit, undo ego’s ‘script’ of guilt and fear and adopt in its place the Holy Spirit’s script of healing broken relationships through true forgiveness, which will release us into love, freedom and the restoration to oneness, or At-onement. He does this by comparing them, because, he says that first we must understand what ego is, and what the Holy Spirit is, how each works, each’s objectives and the effects of each on our lives, so we know what we are dealing with, and are thus able to make an informed choice for one or the other at each opportunity. I say ‘opportunity’ because every event we face is simply that; an opportunity to heal broken relationships, to grow spiritually and awaken from the dream, see past the illusion of time to the reality of Eternity, which Jesus calls the Kingdom of Heaven. That term resonates strongly with me, but whatever term any of us prefer to describe our one, true home, that is what it is: our one, true home. For ever.
Ego would have us believe we are a body and that all things perceivable by our bodily senses are the reality of creation. Jesus, conversely, (and the Holy Spirit, or ‘Big Me’ with Whom Jesus tells us he is fully identified) tells us that everything we thusly perceive is unreal because only what is created by God is real, indestructible and eternal. So the ‘physical’ universe and all that appears to be in it is not God’s creation, but made by ego — the split-off, upside-down part of our mind — as a distraction, to enable us to ‘hide from God’ because, so we are led to believe, we ‘have sinned against Heaven and before God’ (Lk. 15:18) so He is out to punish us. But we are now at the place described in the parable of the prodigal son where we are ‘coming to ourself.’ This means we are beginning to regain our right mind, whereby we can see the folly, the error, the illusion of believing ourself as separate from each other and from our Creator, and are in the process of ‘arising and going to our father.’ This is possible because one of the fragments of the Sonship, namely Jesus…
‘…who was a man but saw the face of Christ in all his brothers and remembered God. So he became identified with Christ, a man no longer, but at one with God. The man was an illusion, for he seemed to be a separate being, walking by himself, within a body that appeared to hold his self from Self, as all illusions do. Yet who can save unless he sees illusions and then identifies them as what they are? Jesus remains a Savior because he saw the false without accepting it as true. And Christ needed his form that He might appear to men and save them from their own illusions.
This saving is happening right now, and can be speeded up immeasurably for all who are willing to accept the reality of this process into their own lives and then co-operate with it.
For those who are not yet willing, the process is still happening, regardless of their unawareness of it, or their ego-driven unwillingness to co-operate, or their fear; but for them it will take longer, in linear terms, or a greater number of circuits on the carousel (re-incarnations). Nevertheless, as successive incarnations take place for such broken fragments of the Sonship, so will their true nature as part of God’s perfect, unconditionally-loved Son draw them ever closer and closer to spiritual wakefulness, helped by the love, blessing, true forgiveness and example of their brethren in the Sonship, so that the At-onement will have become complete and all fragments restored to oneness by the end of the 3rd measure of meal, or Aquarian Age.
In his complete identification with the Christ – the perfect Son of God, His one creation and His happiness, forever like Himself and One with Him – Jesus became what all of you must be (this is, as his words imply, inevitable, and in truth has always been, because this dream of separation from the Sonship of God has never happened, and the ‘mad, momentary thought of it’ was over the instant it began). He led the way for you to follow him. He leads you back to God because he saw the road before him, and he followed it (and he has now given us the Map, so that we can also see the road and follow it, walking in joyful, loving, peaceful fellowship with him and all our fellows — including those with whom we have been experiencing damaged or broken relationships).
He made a clear distinction, still obscure to you, between the false and true (but now we are, with the help that has always been freely and is now plainly available to us, able to begin to so distinguish). He offered you a final demonstration that it is impossible to kill God's Son; nor can his life in any way be changed by sin and evil, malice, fear or death (that’s us - all of us - he speaks of, and becomes our reality when we are able to believe it rather than ego’s script; that is all that stands between us and that reality).
And therefore all your sins have been forgiven because they carried no effects at all (errors; mistakes, not ‘sins,’ because God’s Son is innocent!). And so they were but dreams. Arise with him who showed you this because you owe him this who shared your dreams that they might be dispelled. And shares them still, to be at one with you.
Is he the Christ? O yes, along with you(could it be plainer than that, Who we really are? How long will we continue to deceive ourselves and shut ourself off from the joy of Heaven?). His little life on earth was not enough to teach the mighty lesson that he learned for all of you. He will remain with you to lead you from the hell you made to God (that’s love). And when you join your will with his, your sight will be his vision, for the eyes of Christ are shared (it just gets better and better). Walking with him is just as natural as walking with a brother whom you knew since you were born, for such indeed he is (I attest to the reality of this statement, as described in SFGS, chapter 11).
Some bitter idols have been made of him who would be only brother to the world. Forgive him your illusions, and behold how dear a brother he would be to you(he already is that dear brother; it is only ego-dominated minds that obscure the ability to see and experience that reality). For he will set your mind at rest at last (a mind at rest? How much of a miraculous change will that be for almost all of humanity? For, even those of us who never have to worry about where the next meal will come from, there is always the fear of ‘death’, of cancer, of accident, of terrorism, of apocalyptic disaster, of decrepitude inexorably approaching) and carry it with you unto your God.
Is he God's only Helper? No, indeed. For Christ takes many forms with different names until their oneness can be recognized. But Jesus is for you the bearer of Christ's single message of the Love of God. You need no other. It is possible to read his words and benefit from them without accepting him into your life. Yet he would help you yet a little more (immeasurably more, actually) if you will share your pains and joys with him, and leave them both to find the peace of God. Yet still it is his lesson most of all that he would have you learn, and it is this:
There is no death because the Son of God is like his Father. Nothing you can do can change Eternal Love. Forget your dreams of sin and guilt, and come with me instead to share the resurrection of God's Son. And bring with you all those whom He has sent to you to care for as I care for you.
(From ACIM Clarification of Terms 5. Jesus – Christ. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
Here, then, is another choice; an opportunity to align our peace-seeking heart and our head. The great thing about this is there is nothing to lose. And of one thing can we be certain: any little voice in our head that says ‘O, yes there is’ is the voice of ego, not the Voice for God, the Spirit of Truth, our own Higher Self, ‘Big Me.’
Love and blessings for the journey,
October 15th 2008
The word ‘obedience,’ as in FTOC (Faith, Trust, Obedience and Commitment) means obedience to our Higher Self, or Big Me, or the Holy Spirit. It does not mean subservience to another, including God. When Paul wrote to the Philippians
And being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.(Phil. 2:8)
he was not implying that God had demanded the blood sacrifice of Jesus and that Jesus submissively complied. The obedience by Jesus was to his own mission, of which he was in full awareness, that he had come to get our attention by demonstrating that that which is eternal (God’s Son) is eternal, indestructible. In section 6 of the ‘Clarification of Terms,’ at the back of ACIM, Jesus says of himself that he…‘is the manifestation of the Holy Spirit…’.
Yet he also states, throughout ACIM, that we are his brothers, one with him in the Sonship, but that we have simply forgotten this in our separated-mind state of spiritual slumbering, and his/Holy Spirit’s job is to awaken us to remembrance of the truth of our Identity. That is what the GRP is all about.
This is what Jesus incarnated to do and crucifixion (a pre-requisite to resurrection) was an essential part of the process. He knew this, and told the disciples this several times, though they were unable to comprehend what he was telling them. But he knew it and was obedient to his own Big Me, Higher Self objective; the objective he had chosen to undertake; the objective (the waking of us, his brethren) he knew would be completed, fulfilled, and which he also demonstrated he knew would take another 4,000 years of linear time, by telling the parable of the three measures of meal.
Ego, whose objective is to spread dysinformation, confusion, doubt, fear, and thus keep us in the illusion of time and place, wants us to believe that obedience to another, Higher Being is not necessary in this world because here, in dreamland, we are ‘king of our own, little-self-made castle.’ But, as with Jesus, we are not speaking here of obedience to another, but rather, to our own, true, Higher Self.
Our true Self is all of us, re-unified by the At-onement process, or Great Rescue Programme, to our eternal state of oneness in the Sonship of God. Ego wants us to continue seeing ourselves as little, individual, separate, mortal; all the things that are the opposite of our real Self. That’s confusion! With that perception, it appears to our bodily senses as if we (the Sonship) are broken into myriad fragments. Jesus, in his fully identified state with Big Me/Holy Spirit, is effecting our spiritual awakening from this misperception. This entails the essential process of healing our fragmentation, or brokenness, through true forgiveness. So all the while we perceive any of our relationships with our brethren in the Sonship as broken, we cannot fully awaken to the true remembrance of our oneness. This is why ACIM emphasises, over and over, that the key to oneness is true forgiveness.
Here is what Jesus says about this in ACIM, chapter 26, section IX, entitled ‘For They Have Come’:
Think but how holy you must be from whom the Voice for God calls lovingly unto your brother, that you may awake in him the Voice that answers to your call! (In plain English, this is telling us that we are holy when we, as our true Self — The Voice for God, or the Holy Spirit, or Big Me — call lovingly to our brother, to waken in him the Big Me that he also really is.) And think how holy he must be when in him sleeps your own salvation, with his freedom joined! (This is telling us that the restoration of each of us to the reality of Eternity is accomplished by our desire to see only the face of Christ in our brothers.) However much you wish he be condemned, God is in him. (That puts a different — and true — complexion on our ego-driven resistance to true forgiveness, does it not?) And never will you know He is in you as well while you attack His chosen home (i.e. our brother), and battle with His host (i.e. our brother). Regard him gently. Look with loving eyes on him who carries Christ within him, that you may behold his glory and rejoice that Heaven is not separate from you. (Yet, we can make It appear to be separate from us by continuing to believe ego’s insane script.)
Is it too much to ask a little trust for him (i.e. our brother) who carries Christ to you, that you may be forgiven all your sins, and left without a single one you cherish still? (Jesus is not telling us we are sinners, but that we mistakenly believe we are; for he tells us over and over that what we call sins are nothing more than errors, which he/Big Me will correct if/when we are willing to receive Their loving correction.) Forget not that a shadow held between your brother and yourself obscures the face of Christ and memory of God. And would you trade Them for an ancient hate? The ground whereon you stand is holy ground because of Them Who, standing there with you, have blessed it with Their innocence and peace. (How glorious is that!?)
The blood of hatred fades to let the grass grow green again, and let the flowers be all white and sparkling in the summer sun. What was a place of death has now become a living temple in a world of light. Because of Them. (A quick reminder: ‘Them’ means [our willingness to have restored to us the vision of] the face of Christ and our remembering of God, by our desire to truly forgive our brothers, so that our relationships with them can be restored to wholeness/holiness.) It is Their Presence which has lifted holiness again to take its ancient (eternal) place upon an ancient (eternal) throne. Because of Them have miracles sprung up as grass and flowers on the barren ground that hate had scorched and rendered desolate. What hate has wrought have They undone (an alleluia or two would hardly go amiss here). And now you stand on ground so holy Heaven leans to join with it, and make it like Itself. The shadow of an ancient hate has gone, and all the blight and withering have passed forever from the land where They (the face of Christ and memory of God) have come.
What is a hundred or a thousand years to Them, or tens of thousands? When They come, time’s purpose is fulfilled (and this will be so at the end of the Aquarian Age, or third measure of meal). What never was (the separation) passes to nothingness when They have come (but remember, we don’t have to wait until we lay aside our body of dust, or the end of the Aquarian Age; we can begin to attune with Them right now, just by so desiring, and Big Me will accomplish our transformation back to oneness for us. How could it be otherwise, since little we haven’t the foggiest idea how to do it for ourselves?). What hatred claimed is given up to love, and freedom lights up every living thing and lifts it into Heaven, where the lights grow ever brighter as each one comes home. The incomplete is made complete again; and Heaven’s joy has been increased because what is Its own has been restored to It. The bloodied earth is cleansed, and the insane have shed their garments of insanity to join Them on the ground whereon you stand. (This is not a ‘future’ event, because it is of Eternity, and has already happened in the eternal moment. All we do to be one with that is to desire it and desire to attune with it. Big Me accomplishes it for little me by dispelling the belief in littleness, so that Bigness simply is remembered, recognised as who we are, so that Big Me is all there is left of us.)
Heaven is grateful for this gift of what has been withheld so long. For They have come to gather in Their Own (that’s us!). What has been locked is opened; what was held apart from light is given up, that light may shine on it and leave no space nor distance lingering between the light of Heaven and the world.
The holiest of all the spots on earth is where an ancient hatred has become a present love. (Alleluia!) And They come quickly to the living temple, (that’s us!) where a home for Them has been set up. There is no place in Heaven holier. And They have come to dwell within the temple offered Them, to be Their resting place as well as yours (with Them, so imagine the joy, the love, the peace, the ecstasy). What hatred has released to love becomes the brightest light in Heaven’s radiance. And all the lights in Heaven brighter grow, in gratitude for what has been restored. (Glory be!)
Around you angels hover lovingly, to keep away all darkened thoughts of sin, and keep the light where it has entered in. Your footprints lighten up the world, for where you walk forgiveness gladly goes with you. No one on earth but offers thanks to one who has restored his home, and sheltered him from bitter winter and the freezing cold. And shall the Lord of Heaven and His Son give less in gratitude for so much more? (Let us not forget that we are thinking with our ego-indoctrinated ‘littleness mind’ if we think we couldn’t possibly have so much to offer the Mighty Lord and all our brethren.)
Now is the temple of the living God rebuilt (that’s us, restored to our true, Big Self!) as host again to Him by Whom it was created. Where He dwells, His Son dwells with Him, never separate. And They give thanks that They are welcome made at last. Where stood a cross stands now the risen Christ, (that’s us, in our restored oneness, with Jesus, in the Sonship!) and ancient scars are healed within His sight. An ancient miracle has come to bless and to replace an ancient enmity that came to kill. In gentle gratitude do God the Father and the Son (that’s us!) return to what is Theirs, and will forever be. Now is the Holy Spirit’s purpose done. For They have come! For They have come at last!
(My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis)
Some may say to themselves, “This is just too cutesy; this cannot be for real. I am not falling for that schmaltzy line of ‘cloud cuckoo-land’ sentimentality.”
To this, the clear response is: 1) This is just what ego wants; one of its prime pitfalls, into which so many of us fall all too quickly. 2) Try reading some of what Jesus has to say about ego and see if schmaltz is detectable. 3) Jesus does not mince his words; he says it as it is and certainly is no milksop, so if he says this is the way it is, we can take his word that he is not putting a spin on it. 4) Is the above not what we would choose our eternal state to be like, rather than what we appear to have now?
If we are able to rejoice at the sheer magnificence of these, Jesus’ words of encouragement and uplift, then assuredly, we are not far from the Kingdom.
Joy be with us all,
October 22nd 2008
The Holy Instant comes to us spontaneously. It is not, and cannot be, induced by our little-self willing but it is in response to our desire. If we have no desire, then there is nothing for the Holy Spirit to respond to in bringing us to a holy instant. But what does this mean? What is a — or the — Holy Instant?
A holy instant is — or can be — this instant, and every instant. It is rendered holy when we give it to the Holy Spirit, surrendering our ego-leasehold on our ‘little life,’ thus enabling its transformation from pygmy to Big Me by Big Me.
There is in the primary sense, but one Holy Instant, and that is our oneness with God in Eternity, but here, in what appears to be linear time, we can access the one Holy Instant, which is always there, at any — and of course, every — moment of our choosing/desiring. It is an attunement; a focus on who we really are; a choosing of right mindedness and an eschewing, or deliberate switching away from, wrong, or ego mindedness to Big Me-inspired right thinking. Right thinking, I hardly need say, is always to the benefit of all, and never to the benefit of one at the cost to another.
Ego dominated, wrong thinking spawns problems at one level or another endlessly. We can see this in the world around us at the interpersonal, local, national and international levels. It is that way because it is the antithesis of the Creator Spirit’s Mind. It is typified by the misperception that problems, disagreements, opposing energies — all of which have the same cause: wrong thinking — can be resolved by force of little-self will, which will always have one party (a broken fragment of Papa’s beloved Son) seeming to gain their objective, but to the detriment of another broken fragment of Papa’s beloved Son. However, this is not actually so, and can never be, from the only true perspective, which is Christ Vision. Hence the life-correcting mantra, that can be so serviceable for daily use (from ACIM Workbook lesson 349):
Today I let Christ’s vision
All things for me and judge them not, but give
Each one a miracle of love instead.
It is worth noting that it says ‘All things,’ not just those things we choose from our own, partial perspective.
Outside the holy instant we, Papa’s beloved Son, are spiritually unfulfilled. We sense this unfulfilment at an unconscious level, and because we have forgotten Who and Where we really are, we seek fulfilment in an alien, upside-down, illusory, transient realm by trying to fill the void with all things material. Things ‘that moth and rust doth corrupt, and thieves break in and steal.’ This is all too frequently at great cost to ourself (in stress-related mental and physical health issues), our fellows and the world, and never restores us to inner peace, our true and only real estate.
Although the Holy Instant is of Eternity, it is accessible by us from within time at any and every moment, by the agency of Big Me, our guide to Eternity.
Jesus counsels us in chapter 27 of the Text:
Attempt to solve no problems but within the holy instant’s surety. For there the problem will be answered and resolved (this is because outside the holy instant is ego territory and ego’s objective is making problems. Done quite a job, hasn’t it!). Outside there will be no solution, for there is no answer there that could be found.
The only Source of true, healing, restoring answers is the Voice for God, the Spirit of Truth, Big Me. This is not ‘out there’ but within us, as we have all now heard many times, but find so hard to remember, to apply, to reap the unlimited rewards of its beneficence, so conditioned are we by ego-mind wrong thinking. Within is the Source of the Holy Instant, where miracles of healing at every level, of body and mind are to be found (spirit is eternal, perfect, whole, so needs no healing).
Further on in chapter 27 he says:
The only way to heal is to be healed. The miracle extends without your help, but you are needed that it can begin. (Without us — that’s ‘little’ us — there is no need for healing because we are the broken fragments of the one Son.) Accept the miracle of healing, (here, ‘accept’ is the key word, because broken, littleness is fearful of wholeness [holiness], since it means the end of ego mind) and it will go forth (or extend) because of what it is. It is its nature to extend itself the instant it is born. And it is born the instant it is offered and received. (Remember, in the real world of Eternity/Heaven, giving and receiving are one and the same thing; this is inevitable, because there is only one of us.) No one can ask another to be healed. But he can let himself be healed, and thus offer the other what he has received. (Once we have received healing, we are driven, impelled, motivated by the spirit of Wholeness within us to share it with — extend it to — our fellows. Just as our brother Jesus is doing.) Who can bestow upon another what he does not have? And who can share what he denies himself? The Holy Spirit speaks to you. He does not speak to someone else. Yet by your listening His Voice extends, (through us, by our desire, our willingness for it to be so) because you have accepted what He says.
If you wish only to be healed, you heal. But if you are afraid of healing, then it cannot come through you. The only thing that is required for a healing is a lack of fear. (Fear is a self-imposed barrier to receiving that which is our birthright because fear is the antithesis of it.) The fearful are not healed, and cannot heal. This does not mean the conflict must be gone forever from your mind to heal. For if it were, there were no need for healing then. But it does mean, if only for an instant, you love without attack. (That instant is, by our heartfelt desiring, a holy instant.) An instant is sufficient. Miracles wait not on time.
The holy instant is the miracle’s abiding place (from where healing comes; assuredly, a desirable instant, and achievable if we are willing to be still a moment and allow it to enter in). From there, each one is born into this world as witness to a state of mind that has transcended conflict, and has reached to peace. It carries comfort from the place of peace (Eternity/Heaven) into the battleground, (otherwise known as time and place) and demonstrates that war has no effects. For all the hurt that war has sought to bring, the broken bodies and the shattered limbs, the screaming dying and the silent dead, are gently lifted up and comforted. (‘War’ is not just with guns and bombs in some far off country, but in the office, the home, inter-personal relationships, the split-off mind.)
There is no sadness where a miracle has come to heal. And nothing more than just one instant of your love without attack is necessary that all this occur. In that one instant you are healed, and in that single instant is all healing done. What stands apart from you, when you accept the blessing that the holy instant brings? (Nothing. For in that holy instant we are, all is, one.) Be not afraid of blessing, for the One Who blesses you loves all the world, and leaves nothing within the world that could be feared. (However far we may feel we are from that state of being, Jesus demonstrated that it is achievable, by overcoming his moment of fear and accepting the cross; assuredly as fearful an illusion as any, until we, by Big Me enabling, can see all fearful things for the illusions that they are.) But if you shrink from blessing, will the world indeed seem fearful, for you have withheld its peace and comfort, leaving it to die. (Not a bad reason to welcome blessing!)
Come to the holy instant and be healed, for nothing that is there received is left behind on your returning to the world. And being blessed you will bring blessing. Life is given you to give the dying world. And suffering eyes no longer will accuse, but shine in thanks to you who blessing gave. The holy instant’s radiance will light your eyes, and give them sight to see (Christ Vision) beyond all suffering and see Christ’s face instead. Healing replaces suffering. Who looks on one cannot perceive the other, for they cannot both be there. And what you see the world will witness, and will witness to. (And as we allow Big Me to bring us this holy instant, in which all fear is dispelled, all healing is accomplished, so will that healing be extended from one to another, until all is fulfilled and the GRP completed.)
Thus is your healing everything the world requires, that it may be healed. It needs one lesson that has perfectly been learned. (That one lesson, perfectly learned, is, of course, Jesus; and he is now extending it to us, his brethren, until all are healed, made whole, one with him in Papa.) And then, when you forget it, (which ego’s thrall has us do, until it is dispelled from our mind and we are, once more, whole and free) will the world remind you gently of what you have taught… The world of accusation (time and place) is replaced by one (Heaven/Eternity, which is not a place but a state of remembrance) in which all eyes look lovingly upon the Friend who brought them their release. And happily your brother will perceive the many friends he thought were enemies. (This clearly indicates our interdependence, being one, and that the healing of our brother is possible only by our healing, and vice-versa.)
Your healing will extend, and will be brought to problems that you thought were not your own. And it will also be apparent that your many different problems will be solved as any one of them has been escaped… Fear you not the way that you perceive them. You (little we) are wrong, but there is One within you Who is right (Big Me, our real Self).
Leave, then, the transfer of your learning to the One Who really understands its laws, and Who will guarantee that they remain unviolated and unlimited. Your part is merely to apply what He has taught you to yourself, and He will do the rest...
Peace be to you to whom is healing offered (‘without money and without price’). And you will learn that peace is given you when you accept the healing for yourself… What occurred within the(holy) instant that love entered in without attack will stay with you forever. Your healing will be one of its effects, as will your brother’s (alleluia!). Everywhere you go, will you behold its multiplied effects… (This will begin to happen because Christ Vision will have begun taking over from our ego-made sensory perceptions.) God thanks you for your healing, for He knows it is a gift of love unto His Son, and therefore is it given unto Him. (Truly, a full circle of at-onement.)
(Extract from chapter 27, section V. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
Gradually, a meaningful, graspable picture of the GRP emerges onto the plate of our befuddled consciousness, bringing light, reason, order, hope, truth, uplift, revitalisation, joy, peace and further, empowering steps toward our release into oneness.
A toast to oneness!
October 29th 2008
God, the Creator Spirit, our Heavenly Father, has never hidden Himself from us — any of us. He has never cut Himself off from us, or us from Him. How could He? He is the very Life that we are; that all that has life is.
Why would He countenance such ideas? He loves us unconditionally. To be separated from one whom we love makes us feel unhappy, unfulfilled. Since we are created in His likeness, it follows that He also would be unhappy, unfulfilled if He were cut off, separated from us, His beloved. Why would He choose to arbitrarily do that, since — assuredly if He is omnipotent and omniscient, and therefore able to ensure that such an event would not take place, let alone be the cause of it — it would be an entirely illogical and unnecessary act?
If we were cut off, separated from Him, the Source of all, we would not be; we could have no existence. ‘I think, therefore I am’ is a true observation and indicates that we do have existence (even though, under ego-domination, our thinking is upside down!).
It is we who have hidden from Him. Or believe we have. That belief is incorrect. It is the opposite of eternal truth. We believe we are (hiding from God) in time and place, and so that is how it appears to us. It is incorrect. It is upside down thinking. All our thinking and perceptions that are outside Eternity are upside down because it is separation thinking. That does not mean that because we appear to be in a body and in time and place with billions of other bodies, and have, ourselves, placed illusory barriers between us and Papa, that it is impossible to think from the perspective of Eternity.
Jesus did, and so can we. He came to show us how, and that objective of his is now moving into its final phase of fulfilment. That is what he meant when he said‘If ye continue in my word… ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.’ (Jn. 8:31-32.) The fulfilment of that statement is now with us — in the midst — and moves infallibly, unstoppably and inexorably toward completion, manifestation, for us all. For some it will appear to be sooner than for others, for there are those amongst us who are, or will become, fully awakened during this act, and others who will choose multiple further acts, right up to the end of the Aquarian Age, before enlightenment is visited upon them. But that is also illusory because time itself does not exist, and the GRP is already completed.
Ultimately, within the context of the illusion, we cannot be restored to oneness in Papa without us all being included within that estate, simply because we are, indivisibly, one. Fragmentation, brokenness into billions of little parts, is a misperception, an error, a mistake that is now being corrected by Big Me, in spite of any determination by pygmy (ego controlled little me) to ignore it, pretend it is not so, vigorously deny it, render it not so. Earlier this week, in a communing moment, I said to Papa, ‘My great desire is to be fully restored to oneness in You.’ Instantly, He replied, ‘But you must bring your fellows with you.’ This, of course, applies equally to us all.
This is why true forgiveness is so vital. We delude ourselves if we believe we can put that on the back burner. ‘Okay,’ some may say, ‘I can forgive some of my fellows their minor transgressions against me; after all, they are no big deal. But that big issue that so-and-so perpetrated against me, that really hurt, and there is no way I am ready to forgive him for that.’ It is that perception that keeps us chained to the carousel. We can stay there as long as we choose, but sooner or later we will remember that unforgiveness is damaging to our mental and bodily health, whereas true forgiveness releases us and restores our wholeness (holiness).
No-one who appears to be outside ourself has done anything to us, however much it may, superficially, appear otherwise, because we are one in the Sonship, innocent, at Home with Papa in the Eternity of Heaven. That, ego would have us believe, is a fanciful daydream; cloud cuckoo land stuff. Yet it is the dream of separation that is the fanciful stuff; a nightmare rather than a daydream, because it seems so real, and has us believing it, when it is our own prestidigitation.
True forgiveness is like miracles; none is either easier or more difficult than another. It only appears that way to us when we are beset by doubt and fear, which block our vision of love and of our own God-empowerment. Here is what Jesus says about miracles:
The miracle does nothing. All it does is to undo. (This is one more exposure of how time and place thinking is upside-down thinking.) And thus it cancels out the interference to what has been done. (This is saying we are interfering with, blinding ourselves to, the reality of all that is already accomplished — and has never been otherwise — in Eternity, by placing the cloud of time and place between our perception and Reality.) It does not add, but merely takes away (the fog of wrong thinking that causes our misperception that we are in time and place, and all that that entails).
And what it takes away is long since gone, but being kept in memory appears to have immediate (present moment) effects. This world was over long ago. The thoughts that made it are no longer in the mind that thought of them and loved them for a little while. (It is our mind, the mind of the Son of God, of which he speaks.) The miracle but shows the past is gone, and (that) what has truly gone has no effects. Remembering a cause can but produce illusions of its presence, not effects.
All the effects of guilt are here no more. For guilt is over. (All that is required is for us to believe it, not to do anything. Welllll… we can rejoice, and we can give thanks! Yippeeeee!) In its passing went its consequences, left without a cause. Why would you cling to it in memory if you did not desire its effects? (Only upside-down little we appear still to desire its effects. The real we — Big Me/the Holy Spirit — is awakening little us to true remembrance, that we are Papa’s beloved, innocent Son, Who does not desire such ill effects.) Remembering (ego’s version thereof) is as selective as perception, being its past tense. It is perception of the past as if it were occurring now, and still were there to see. (This is what the illusion of time and place tricks us into believing.) Memory, like perception, is a skill made up by you to take the place of what God gave in your creation. And like all the things you made, it can be used to serve another purpose, (a Kingdomly purpose) and to be the means for something else. It can be used to heal and not to hurt, if you so wish it be.
Nothing employed for healing represents an effort to do anything at all. It is a recognition that you have no needs which mean that something must be done. (Another indication of our misperceptions caused by upside-down ego thinking, which would have us believe we must all the while be doing something.) It is an unselective memory, that is not used to interfere with truth. All things the Holy Spirit can employ for healing have been given Him (by Papa) …
The Holy Spirit can indeed make use of memory, for God Himself is there (within our memory). Yet this is not a memory of past events, but only of a present state. You are so long accustomed to believe that memory holds only what is past, that it is hard for you to realize it is a skill that can remember now (the eternal, ever-present moment). The limitations on remembering that the world imposes on it are as vast as those that you let the world impose on you. There is no link of memory to the past. If you would have it there, then there it is (but only apparently so, in our perception; not in reality). But only your desire made the link, and only you have held it to a part of time (the past) where guilt appears to linger still.
The Holy Spirit’s use of memory is quite apart from time. He does not seek to use it as a means to keep the past, but rather as a way to let it go (here is another exposure of how upside-down thinking dominates our split-off mind, and thus causes us to misperceive and be stuck in a state of confusion about reality). Memory holds the message it receives, and does what it is given it to do (whether by Holy Spirit Mind or little-self mind). It does not write the message, nor appoint what it is for. Like to the body, it (memory) is purposeless within itself.
And if it seems to serve to cherish ancient hate, and gives you pictures of injustices and hurts that you were saving, this is what you asked its message be, and that it is (unless and until we choose to embrace Holy Spirit’s Kingdomly message). Committed to its vaults, the history of all the body’s past is hidden there. All of the strange associations made to keep the past alive, the present (i.e. the eternal present of Heaven) dead, are stored within it, waiting your command that they be brought to you, and lived again. And thus do their effects appear to be increased by time, which took away their cause (all this convoluted lunacy can be dispelled from our bewildered mind by choosing for Big Me to be handed the reins of our life).
Yet time is but another phase of what does nothing. It works hand in hand with all the other attributes with which you seek to keep concealed the truth about yourself… Remember nothing that you taught yourself, for you were badly taught. And who would keep a senseless lesson in his mind, when he can learn and can preserve a better one (under the tutelage of Big Me)? When ancient memories of hate appear, remember that their cause is gone (and actually, never was)…
Be glad that it is gone, for this is what you would be pardoned from. And see, instead, the new effects of cause accepted now, with consequences here (i.e. the transformation of our misperceptions to true vision by Big Me). They will surprise you with their loveliness... This is the Cause the Holy Spirit has remembered for you, when you would forget… Yet was It never absent from your mind, for it was not your Father’s Will that He be unremembered by His Son.
(Extracted from ACIM, ch. 28-I. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
Of course this is but a taster of the banquet he sets before us: the truth revealed of our magnificent reality as the Son of the Father, created with all the attributes of the Creator. The rending of the veil (symbol of our illusory separation from God) in Herod’s temple in Jerusalem at the departure of Jesus’ spirit from his body on the cross, after he said ‘It is finished,’ (Jn. 19:30) truly was a prophesy of that which is now with us. For in the only true reality — Eternity — Jesus’ GRP is finished, completed, with the third measure of meal.
A banquet to which all are invited, freely. Now.
November 5th 2008
Fear is the driving energy of this time and place world of illusory separation. Love is the power of Eternity. Only love, the power of Eternity, ceaselessly outpouring upon us from the Source of All — Papa — in unimaginable, limitless amounts, and some of it filtering through the barriers we have made against truth, prevents complete mayhem, hate, attack, destruction, from overwhelming everything we perceive as our reality.
It is hardly surprising, then, that fear is prevalent in the minds of those of us who believe we are little, in a body, even if most of the time most of that fear is at an unconscious level. It is unconscious because it is so great that we have denied ourselves its presence, as a delusory survival measure. Denial of the truth of Eternity is our favourite preoccupation in time because we fear it.
But for most of us fear breaks the surface into our conscious awareness in one form or another, daily. This can be panic attacks; fear of change; fear of losing our job; eviction from our home; harassment from one or more of our fellows, whether a parent, a boss, a spouse, a neighbour; fear of love even, because in an upside-down world we perceive ourself as unworthy of the love of God. And in all too many parts of the world, fear of famine, slavery, genocide, torture, mutilation, warfare, displacement — it goes on and on. The form varies endlessly, but the content (or cause) remains the same: belief that we are separate from our Creator.
The good news is that only love is real — unconditional love, with no strings attached — and it is our true nature because we are like our Creator. Fear is not real; it feels real because we believe it is so and the power of belief is very real. How easy it is for us to believe what is unreal, and how hard it is to believe what is actually real! Is that not one more demonstration that we are upside down in our thinking?
We all have access, at every moment, to the destructive energy of fear and to the constructive, creative empowerment of love, but we cannot have both — even though most of us, in bewilderment and confusion, oscillate between both — because they are mutually exclusive. No person or thing has power — of fear or love — over us that we do not ascribe, or surrender, to that person or thing. We are free to choose which is our preference. We can decide to remember that God and Jesus and the Spirit of Truth are for us and will uphold us always, never letting us down, if we are willing to place ourself in Their tender care; or we can surrender to fear, an illusion of our own making.
Jesus described the people of his time, 2,000 years ago, as a faithless and perverse generation (Mt.17:17), and little has outwardly changed in that respect. But this is describing only our unreal, illusory, ‘littleness’ self. Our real Self, occupying the right-side up part of our mind, knows only truth, reality, our oneness in the Sonship of the Father. Better, surely, to entrust our wellbeing, our journey home, to Big Me (the Holy Spirit, or the Spirit of Truth).
Whether we welcome it or fear it, the Great Rescue Programme of Jesus for us, his brothers, is well on its way to fulfilment, and signs of its outworking in the lives, the minds, of increasing numbers are becoming ever more apparent, even in a fearful, resisting world. This fearful world is ego, so entrenched in the minds of those of us who cling to the old world order of separation, confrontation, might is right. Of course, when a fundamental change of understanding is taking place there is an outward appearance of chaos. Jesus counsels us not to be alarmed at such, but rather to rejoice when we see it, for it is a certain sign that the Kingdom is at hand, even at the doors! With wars going on around the world, threats of terrorism and a global financial meltdown filling the media, it is sound, positive, practical and reassuring advice!
What should we do, then, when uncertainty, doubt and fear are all around — and inside — us? Hold fast inwardly, and remember that little me is unreal and Big Me is our true Self, always as close to us as our own heartbeat, and call upon His help, reassurance, inner peace. Ego would have us believe God, Jesus and Big Me don’t hear us when we desire to commune with Them. This is not true. Ego would have us also believe that They do not respond to our endeavours at communing with Them. That is not true either. They always respond, freely, lovingly and immediately. It is our doubt in our ability to receive Their responses that causes us to perceive that They have not responded. FTOC can — and will — change that misperception, one sure step at a time.
It is Big Me’s job to restore us to Christ-minded thinking, not little me’s. Little me has to be willing to place our restoration to oneness, salvation, wholeness into His care. Here are some extracts from chapter 28 of ACIM to encourage us in these matters:
What waits in perfect certainty beyond salvation is not our concern (it is Papa’s). For you have barely started to allow your first, uncertain steps to be directed up the ladder (that) separation led you down. The miracle alone is your concern at present. (Remember, the miracle does nothing, but rather undoes, and thus it cancels out our little self/ego reversal of what Papa has created.) Here is where we must begin. And having started, will the way be made serene and simple in the rising up to waking and the ending of the dream. (Is there one among us who can think of better news?) When you accept a miracle (of undoing), you do not add your dream of fear to one that is already being dreamed. Without support, the dream will fade away without effects. For it is your support (by believing in it) that strengthens it.
No mind is sick until another mind agrees that they are separate. And thus it is their joint decision to be sick. (This is reminding us that if we refuse to acknowledge separation as real between ourself and a brother, choosing instead to see only the face of Christ in that brother, then that positive, Kingdomly stance counteracts the negative, separation-perception held by our brother, rendering the separation and its attendant sickness [of mind, since we are not a body, and sickness is actually of mind, only appearing to be of body] of none effect. Clearly this is how Jesus healed his brethren of their ailments in the long ago, by seeing that they were not separate from him, but one with him in wholeness, in the Sonship. Only we are withholding that reality from ourselves; but we can change that self-deception in a moment, if we so choose.)
If you withhold agreement (that we are separate from our brother), the other mind cannot project its guilt without your aid in letting it perceive itself as separate and apart from you (and thus, sick). Thus is the body not perceived as sick by both your minds from separate points of view. (This is clearly telling us that sickness is only possible when both parties agree that sickness is present. When we waken to the place of recognising this truth, to the point where it is certainty of knowing — our reality — as it was with Jesus in the long ago, then we, like him, will spontaneously radiate wholeness to our brethren, without even having to think about it.) Uniting with a brother’s mind prevents the cause of sickness and (its) perceived effects. Healing is the effect of minds that join, as sickness comes from minds that separate.
The miracle does nothing just because (in the reality of Eternity, which is here, now, as and when we choose to remember and believe that this is so) the minds are joined, and cannot separate. Yet in the dreaming has this been reversed (in upside-down, back to front, ego-dominated thinking), and separate minds are seen as bodies, which are separated and which cannot join (therefore, it will serve us well to steadfastly choose not to be deceived by bodies appearing to be who we — or our brethren — are. This will take great, one-pointed commitment, and accepting all of Big Me’s help in so doing, because we are so conditioned by ego into perceiving our brothers and our self as bodies).
Do not allow your brother to be sick (by misperceiving him as separate), for if he is, have you abandoned him to his own dream (of separation) by sharing it with him. He has not seen the cause of sickness where it is (in his apparently separated, ego-driven mind), and you have overlooked the gap (of separation) between you, where the sickness has been bred. Thus are you joined in sickness, to preserve the little gap unhealed, where sickness is kept carefully protected, cherished, and upheld by firm belief, lest God should come to bridge the little gap that leads to Him. (This, ego will strenuously resist because it is its undoing.) Fight not His coming with illusions, for it is His coming that you want above all things that seem to glisten in the dream (amen to that!!).
The end of dreaming is the end of fear, and love was never in the world of dreams. The gap is little. Yet it holds the seeds of pestilence and every form of ill, because it is a wish to keep apart and not to join… The purpose of the gap is all the cause that sickness has. For it was made to keep you separated, in a body which you see as if it were the cause of pain. (This is the working of ego-mind. We are at free choice to follow its script or that of the Holy Spirit/Big Me, Who will dispel the dream because He is fully empowered, loves us unconditionally, and will lead us home, if we will allow Him.)
The cause of pain is separation, not the body, which is only its effect. Yet separation is but empty space, enclosing nothing, doing nothing, and as insubstantial as the empty place between the ripples that a ship has made in passing by… Where are the grounds for sickness when the minds have joined to close the little gap between them, where the seeds of sickness seemed to grow?
God builds the bridge, but only in the space left clean and vacant by the miracle. The seeds of sickness and the shame of guilt He cannot bridge, for He can not destroy the alien will that He created not. Let its effects be gone and clutch them not with eager hands, to keep them for yourself. (He urges us to let go the belief in separation and its effects because he knows by so doing we will be free, whole, restored back to At-onement.) The miracle will brush them all aside (Alleluia!!), and thus make room for Him Who wills to come and bridge His Son’s returning to Himself…
What is the world except a little gap perceived to tear eternity apart, and break it into days and months and years? And what are you who live within the world except a picture of the Son of God in broken pieces, each concealed within a separate and uncertain bit of clay? (This is saying it as it is, not as we have been perceiving it since the dawn of time.)
Be not afraid, my child, but let your world be gently lit by miracles. (Remember, this is not something we have to do, but rather, simply be willing for Big Me to undo.) And where the little gap was seen to stand between you and your brother, join him there. And so sickness will now be seen without a cause. The dream of healing in forgiveness lies, and gently shows you that you never sinned. The door is open, that all those may come who would no longer starve, and would enjoy the feast of plenty set before them there...
This is a feast unlike indeed to those the dreaming of the world has shown. For here, the more that anyone receives, the more is left for all the rest to share… Here is a feast the Father lays before His Son, and shares it equally with him… For Love has set its table in the space that seemed to keep your Guests (our brothers in the Sonship) apart from you.
(Extracted from ACIM, ch. 28-III. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
The news from Jesus just keeps getting better. The BBC, CNN, Fox and all the rest would do well to tune in to his station. Now wouldn’t that make a pleasant, inspiring and uplifting change!
Love and blessings, always,
November 12th 2008
The world at large — and particularly orthodox Christian doctrine — sees Jesus of Nazareth as the Christ, the saviour of us all from damnation to hell by a wrathful, vengeful God because we are believed to be ‘sinners,’ falling short of a mark (or standard of behaviour) set by God.
Not only is Jesus seen as the saviour, but as the one and only saviour.
This is completely different — opposite, in fact — from how Jesus himself explains it in ACIM.
Firstly, as has previously been extensively discussed, Jesus reminds us that we are not sinners; that rather, we are mistaken in our perceptions, our understanding, of who we really are. He says that it is because we — wrongly — believe we have separated ourself from God that we therefore believe we have sinned against Him. But, he explains, this is not the case: we have never left God; have never separated from Him or from our one, true Self, Papa’s Son, and fragmented into billions of separate bodies. All that is a momentary dream, over the instant it began, but being strung out in linear time (part of the unreality) and relived in endless forms, to keep us believing it is real. But enough of that now, because it has been covered before.
Secondly, not before covered here in any particular detail, Jesus tells us that he is not our only saviour, but that in fact we are all each other’s saviours; that this is an inter-dependency, without which we can never escape the carousel; that we are our brother’s saviour, and he is ours, even though neither of us realises this while we are misperceiving reality. This is because our thinking is upside down and we mistakenly see ourselves as separate bodies, separate beings with separate minds, rather than the Christ, the Son of God that in eternal reality we are, just as he is, because we are all one in the Sonship.
His job is to correct these misperceptions so that we can all see ourselves and each other as we really are, and our importance to each other in the process of awakening and being restored to oneness in Eternity. He says that we can only see ourselves and each other as who we really are through the process of what he calls true forgiveness. This is how he explains it, with his unfailingly penetrating insight — which sees past all the illusions that so successfully sidetrack most of us — bringing clarity to our misperceptions:
Condemn your saviour not because he thinks he is a body. (Our saviour is our brother with whom we appear to have a broken relationship, causing us to mistakenly see him as our enemy; a ploy of ego, to keep us on the carousel of separateness.) For beyond his dreams is his reality. But he must learn he is a saviour first, before he can remember what he is. And he must save who would be saved (we must accept our role as saviour of our brother, by true forgiveness, in order to release him from the chains with which we have shackled him, so that he may then be free to save us). On saving you depends his happiness. (All the while we are unable to see ourself as our brother’s saviour, we cannot be his saviour because we see ourself as not having that quality to impart to him. Nor do we see in him, due to time and place astigmatism, that he also is our saviour and already has — and always has had — that saviour quality.)
For who is saviour but the one who gives salvation? Thus he learns it must be his to give. Unless he gives he will not know he has, for giving is the proof of having. (No arguments there!) Only those who think that God is lessened by their strength could fail to understand this must be so. For who could give unless he has, and who could lose by giving what must be increased thereby? (Unlike this ego-world, which has us perceiving that if we give something to another we will no longer have it, in Heaven, our true Home right now, we are enriched, increased in wealth by giving, not impoverished by it.)
Think you the Father lost (something of) Himself when He created you? Was He made weak because He shared His Love? Was He made incomplete by your perfection? Or are you the proof that He is perfect and complete? (Assuredly, these 4 questions are incontrovertibly rhetorical.) Deny Him not His witness in the dream His Son prefers (temporarily) to his reality. (Clearly, we are His witness to the truth, though we have been living in denial, by dreaming the dream of littleness.) He (that’s us, the witness) must be saviour from the dream he made, that he be free of it. He must see someone else as not a body, one with him without the wall the world has built to keep apart all living things who know not that they live. (Jesus does not consider our illusory existence in time and place as being alive, and this is certainly true compared with the Heaven of Eternity. Hence his statement, ‘ Follow me; and let the dead bury their dead.’ Mt. 8:22.)
Within the dream of bodies and of death is yet one theme of truth; no more, perhaps, than just a tiny spark, a space of light created in the dark, where God still shines (as the Spirit of Truth; the Voice for God; Big Me). You cannot wake yourself. Yet you can let yourself be wakened. You can overlook your brother’s dreams. (Once we have arrived at the place of waking where we are able to truly believe that they are nothing more than dreams, overlooking them is immeasurably easier. It is this that we cannot do ourselves, but if we ask Big Me to do it for us, He will wake us.) So perfectly can you forgive him (our brother) his illusions (that) he becomes your saviour from your dreams. (It is all, suddenly, starting to make sense now, is it not?) And as you see him shining (as he now does, because we have seen past his illusions and recognised the real Christ, the saviour, that he truly is)in the space of light where God abides within the darkness, you will see that God Himself is where his body is. (Alleluia!!)
Before this light the body disappears, as heavy shadows must give way to light. The darkness cannot choose that it remain. The coming of the light means it is gone. In glory will you see your brother then (because that is what he really is, as are we all, and this will mean that we are regaining our true, single vision, as distinct from our earthly sight; a faculty for distracting us from reality), and understand what really fills the gap so long perceived as keeping you apart. There, in its place, God’s witness (us) has set forth the gentle way of kindness to God’s Son. Whom you forgive is (thereby) given power to forgive you your illusions. By your gift of freedom is it given unto you.
Make way for love, which you did not create, but which you can extend. On earth this means forgive your brother, that the darkness may be lifted from your mind. When light has come to him through your forgiveness, he will not forget his saviour (you, the forgiver), leaving him unsaved. For it was in your face he saw the light that he would keep beside him, as he walks through darkness to the everlasting Light.
How holy are you, that the Son of God can be your saviour in the midst of dreams of desolation and disaster. See how eagerly he comes, and steps aside from heavy shadows that have hidden him, and shines on you in gratitude and love. (Beautiful, exquisite as these words are, they are not just flowery, poetical hyperbole — though ego would have us believe they are — but reality; our reality, if only we can believe, steadfastly, unwaveringly.) He is himself, but not himself alone. And as his Father lost not part of him in your creation, so the light in him is brighter still because you gave your light to him, to save him from the dark. And now the light in you must be as bright as shines in him. This is the spark that shines within the dream; that you can help him waken, and be sure his waking eyes will rest on you. And in his glad salvation you are saved.
(ACIM, ch. 29 section III. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
No doubt we may all feel justified in having grievances of one sort or another; broken or damaged relationships to one degree or another. And no doubt, most of us will feel, Well, it wasn’t my fault; I didn’t do anything wrong, so why should I be the first to stretch out the hand of friendship? Why should I forgive him until he asks forgiveness? And why should I ask his forgiveness when I haven’t done anything wrong? Let him come and ask, and then I will — maybe — forgive. As Jesus asks, ‘Would we rather be right, or be happy?’
Taking that first step can be very hard but it can help immeasurably if we ask ourself, ‘Is the prolonging of this benefiting me? Will I feel better in myself if I do what, in my heart of hearts I know is right within the truth of Eternity, and forgive?’ Once the first step has been taken, it is the beginning of the end of ego. Ego sits on our shoulder, urging us to feel aggrieved, trying to convince us this is right. Yet, once that first small step is taken, that gnawing, nagging lack of inner peace begins to abate. And, with FTOC, it will continue to abate, until we realise it has been replaced by fullness of inner peace, which signifies our oneness with Heaven.
And, greatest of all, we have Help in taking not just that first step, but all those steps that follow as we set out on the journey, now accompanied by the Light of spiritual truth. And that Light, we now begin to be aware, is not just with us, but within us. And ultimately we then remember that that light is us.
Here’s to illumination!
November 19th 2008
What sort of person is Jesus, really? This is an often pondered question. Someone wrote to the Readers’ Digest a few years ago, asking if Jesus had a sense of humour. The RD enquired into this with appropriate Church channels and the considered answer that came back was a definite ‘No,’ that he had so much on his mind, and the situation with humanity was so serious, his mission so great and important, that he could not have had a sense of humour.
That is a definite ‘Wrong!’ He has demonstrated to me on numerous occasions that this is so, a number of them recorded in SFGS. This is not to imply he is a stand-up comedian, but simply that his way of presenting, demonstrating a truth, an enlightening awareness, or catching – and holding – our attention, so frequently employs a light-hearted, even puckish ploy. The situation only appears serious to those of us who do not understand (or believe) the GRP and how simple it is to execute to fulfilment when empowered with all power in Heaven and Earth! To those thus empowered it is, in no way intending flippancy, a cakewalk.
The Bible tells us we are created in the likeness of God. We (well, most of us, anyway!) have a sense of humour. Jesus is like us, but has shed the baggage, so is ‘clear.’ Assuredly, a sense of humour is not baggage by any stretch.
Jesus is a ‘regular guy,’ but just more so. Many years ago he said to Olga Park:
Do you think it was only to men of old that I have shown myself?... Have I not said that if any man open to me I will come in and sup with him, and he with me? Let no man confuse you saying, “He is high and lifted up and cannot manifest to the children of men.”… for I also am of your brethren of Earth, and it is the will of the Father that all shall know me, from the least unto the greatest.
The language he used to author ACIM through Helen Schucman is good English, much of it after the Elizabethan English style, often using Shakespearean, iambic pentameter. It is evident that this is to cause us to focus carefully on his words. Imagine how much criticism would have been levelled had he used today’s so-called ‘street talk;’ and how much less definitive and meaningful it would have been. He has serious subjects to cover comprehensively, and so serious language-use was called for. But above all, to persuade us of the truth he tells, he has to win the trust of his brothers in the Sonship; that’s you and me, all of us. Most of us are aware that this world is a place in which using the greatest care is wise when it comes to trusting, or believing, anyone we do not know extremely well.
He therefore has a very delicate task, because from our upside-down, ego-perspective of Eternity, what he is trying to ‘sell’ us appears upside down! Great sensitivity is needed to persuade us that what we have believed all our lives, and for many generations, is not true! And that revolutionary ideas, never heard before, the exact opposite of long-held perceptions, are true. Scepticism is one of ego’s first lines of defence against truth.
Jesus won my trust very quickly, thanks to his manifestation in 1967 (see SFGS, ch. 2, for details), and I was also under the close mentorship of Olga Park, whose trust he had won many years earlier. Then, through decades of communing with him, he led me, one step at a time to the place where I was completely ready to accept the ‘new’ concepts of ACIM, because I already knew he was totally trustworthy. Further, it was completely beyond doubt that the author of ACIM and he who had been guiding me in my spiritual journey since the 1960s was one and the same person. If there is one word that sums him up, it is ‘approachable.’ There is nothing to fear; only to love and trust, and be at joyous peace with.
My present communing with him and with Papa is very much on an informal basis, where ‘everyday’ language and conversational style is used, yet some very loving, uplifting, inspiring and revelatory awarenesses come to light. I share some recent exchanges with you, here:
Jesus, my beloved brother in Christ…
Well spotted, Brian; for that is what we are, you and I: brothers in Christ.
Well, I wanted to tell you how much I love and honour you for all that you are. I have longed to commune with you — in some less formal, yet still sincere and meaningful manner — over the years.
That’s good, because I have longed to commune with you in like manner. You now realise that this is possible without any of the outward symbols or trappings…
Yes, but they were/are very important, helpful as symbols, and to help newcomers with achieving focus and discipline, which I am not very good at.
Of course this is so, and the formal structure served you very well, and will serve others equally well. Yet your strength is your commitment, and you have shown this, demonstrated it over the years of our walk together.
We have been doing that for over 40 years now…
Actually, much longer than that. We have been together, you and I, for many of your acts and mine.
Yes, we have been together, as dear friends, since before I appeared as Jesus; before Abraham. But that is of no import, other than its serviceability in preparing you for all that matters, which is NOW.
This really is destiny, isn’t it?
You were destined to be Brian, yes, with all that that entails.
It is my desire to commune in the silence, in the peace, in the love and joy that our fellowship brings, every day. I feel now is a moment for this to proceed.
Go with your innermost, uppermost feelings; they will guide you well. The important thing, as well you now know, is not to get sidetracked, distracted, from your birth vision. I confirm our past, long association because you are ready, and because it strengthens our bonds of loving brotherhood.
It may seem the GRP is my operation, but it is co-operation. I am the leader, because I am the first of the fragments to fully remember the truth, but I have many loved ones, brothers, who work with me in oneness with the Breath (the Holy Breath, or Holy Spirit, or Spirit of Truth), for the collapse of time, the awakening, the at-onement. It is of no concern for ‘Brian’ to know of them all, for Big Me knows them all. Brian’s focus must be on forgiveness, for this brings remembrance, peace, freedom, enlightenment… We are one in the Sonship, which is Christ.
Thank you for everything; you bring peace, comfort, assurance. I love you totally…
Your love and devotion are everything to me, for without them our joint efforts could not bear fruit. Our time together like this is joy in our heart – for we are not just of one mind, but of one heart.
Good morning Papa. I greet You with my Love.
And I greet you with My Love, My son. Enter in, enter in; attune with Me with rejoicing, as you wake to the fullness of your glory and your oneness in Me. You are in Me and I am within you; there is mutuality in our love, which we extend to each other continually. In that extending is the ecstasy of My creation, which is you. Only in you (He is speaking of His beloved Son, which is all of us) is My ecstasy, My joy, My fulfilment, My completion. When you deny your Self, you deny Me. This is your only blasphemy.
Wow! Papa. This is some revelation. It changes my perception, brings me up short.
I know you (all of us) desire to return wholly to Me above all things. To do this you must return wholly unto your Self, or ‘Big Me,’ as you have rightly observed. Jesus was wholly in Me because he was wholly Self – I AM. You are ‘I AM’ also. All the fragments of My Son also are, indivisibly, ‘I AM.’ They say to themselves ‘I am Brian,’ or ‘I am Theresa,’ or ‘I am John,’ or ‘I am Mary.’ Each time they make such pronouncement, there is one word too many. For ‘I AM’ is Who they are. The rest is made up, illusion. Do you wish to be made up?
No, I don’t, Papa; I wish to be real.
Keep on, then, reminding yourself, ‘Big Me’ is good, because it focuses entirely on your ‘otherness,’ your ‘realness,’ your ‘I AM-ness.’ There is no other you than ‘Big Me.’ You have no other name, no other being, no other identity. To perceive such is a distraction, a diversion away from the truth of Who you ARE.
But while I seem to be in, or with, a body, my brothers will see me as Brian…
Let that serve its purpose then, that you may use that illusion to bring your brothers to the truth of Who you are, that they may be re-minded of who they all are. This illusory self can be restored to oneness, and thus disappear back into Me, whole and holy, forever. It has a purpose only in time, never in Eternity.
Welcome Home, My beloved. The banquet awaits.
Thank you, beloved Papa. You know how much I enjoy a feast!
When Papa says denying our Self is our only blasphemy, He is reminding us that denying our own truth, our own reality, our own Identity, as He created us, pure, innocent, without limitation, immortal, eternal, fully empowered, in His likeness, is the only blasphemy there is. There is no other blasphemy possible because denying our true Self — His beloved Son, or Christ — is denying Him. Can this be anything other than a real incentive for us to accept the truth about who we are, and thus dispel ego, release each other, and thus, ourselves, from guilt, fear, littleness? Not because He will punish us for ‘attacking’ Him if we don’t, but because we are blinding ourselves to our true, wondrous reality.
This is possible here, now, in this dream world, by true forgiveness. Those of us who have tried, practised this, will know that this mechanism works (coming from Jesus, who could doubt it!?). When we find something that works and produces effects that are literally out of this world, we are inclined to continue, on the principle that ‘if it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.’ Then in due course we will find that all the relationships that appeared to be broken, suddenly, are fixed, and we are one, again, Home. This is the GRP. It’s that simple.
As it says in The Disappearance of the Universe, ‘Nobody said it will be easy, but it is simple.’ It is not easy at the start; taking the first step is the hardest part because ego has the brake on, and uses fear, doubt, guilt, cynicism, judgement as devices to stop us. But the good news is that it gets easier as each step is taken, until it becomes very easy; one might say addictive, even.
November 26th 2008
Most of us with a body are seeking wholeness, or health, of body, yet it is wholeness of mind we will serve ourself well to be seeking first. This is because we are not a body. The body is simply a mechanism that is at the disposal of our mind while we appear to be with it. But when we come to the end of our sojourn here, and lay aside our body, it becomes immediately apparent then that we are not a body!
However, we do not have to wait until we lay it aside to accept that reality as our reality. We can do it now without any deleterious effects on our life. In fact, it will prove to have some remarkably beneficial effects upon our lives. One effect of that acceptance that will be highly beneficial is that it will undermine and dispel a major aspect of ego’s hold over us, which is causing us to believe we are a body, and are therefore destined to die.
Dispelling that misperception will provide access to much greater peace of mind because we then become actively aware that, as Jesus reminded us two thousand years ago (and we still haven’t got the message), if we live and believe in him, we will never die (Jn. 11:26). This is not a religious platitude, but an incontrovertible truth of Eternity, from which we have been hiding ourselves since the dawn of the illusion we made called time.
And the first bit, about living and believing in him is not a matter of religious dogma either. It is simply that Jesus is the first among the separated fragments of the Sonship to remember who he (and all of us) is, so he sought, and received, the command (i.e. authority) from Papa to restore us to fullness of remembrance of who we are, which is just like him, with all his attributes for loving and healing.
If we are not a body, it may help to clarify what, by contrast, we are. Essentially we are eternal, indestructible, perfect, pure, innocent (i.e. guiltless, or ‘sinless’) Spirit (because we are created like our creator, the Creator Spirit, so how could it be otherwise?). However, demonstrably, we are also mind. Here, it may be helpful if we see what Jesus says about Mind and Spirit, as stated in section 1 of Clarification of Terms, in ACIM:
1. MIND - SPIRIT
The term mind is used to represent the activating agent of spirit, supplying its creative energy. When the term is capitalised it refers to God or Christ (i.e., the Mind of God or the Mind of Christ). Spirit is the Thought of God which He created like Himself. The unified spirit is God’s one Son, or Christ.
In this world, because the mind is split, the Sons of God appear to be separate. Nor do their minds seem to be joined. In this illusory state, the concept of an “individual mind” seems to be meaningful. It is therefore described in the course as if it has two parts: spirit (Mind) and ego (mind).
Spirit is the part that is still in contact with God through the Holy Spirit, Who abides in this part (the Spirit, or Christ Mind part) but sees the other part (ego mind) as well. The term “soul” is not used except in direct biblical quotations because of its highly controversial nature. It would, however, be an equivalent of “spirit,” with the understanding that, being of God, it is eternal and was never born.
The other part of the mind (ego) is entirely illusory and makes only illusions. Spirit retains the potential for creating, but its Will, which is God’s, seems to be imprisoned while the mind is not unified. Creation continues unabated because that is the Will of God (but is beyond our ego-mind awareness). This Will is always unified and therefore has no meaning in this (ego) world. It has no opposite and no degrees.
The mind can be right or wrong, depending on the voice to which it listens. Right-mindedness listens to the Holy Spirit, forgives the world, and through Christ’s vision sees the real world in its place. This is the final vision, the last perception, the condition in which God takes the final step Himself. Here time and illusions end together. (The ‘real’ world of which he speaks here is the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth, when all the separated fragments of the Sonship have overlooked, or forgiven, the illusions of guilt, fear, attack, separation, and remembered who we are. From that state of right mindedness, or true perception, it is a small step to Christ Mindedness, or true knowing, the end of all illusions, and as he says, which step Papa takes for us, because He loves us so much and is so eager for our completion and restoration of our oneness, as Papa’s Son, in Him.)
Wrong-mindedness listens to the ego and makes illusions; perceiving sin and justifying anger, and seeing guilt, disease and death as real. Both this world and the real world are illusions because right-mindedness merely overlooks, or forgives, what never happened. (‘This’ world being the illusory world in which we still perceive — due to ego-mind domination of our thinking — sin, anger, guilt, disease and death as being real; this is, even now, being transformed into the real world, as an essential step of the GRP.) Therefore it is not the One-mindedness of the Christ Mind, Whose Will is one with God’s…
Being restored to sound mind, or Christ Mind, then, is what wholeness, or holiness, actually means. This is how Jesus was able to reappear in a body after the crucifixion; he was of sound, or whole (holy) Mind, and knew that bodies are but projections of mind. If we are projecting a body from an unsound, or split (ego controlled) mind, it follows that unsoundness of body will eventuate. Seeking to fix the projection rather than the source is simply applying sticking plasters to the projection. Of course, eating healthily is a decision of mind that will contribute to a healthier body, though it will not enable the body to become eternal, simply because it is an illusion that belongs only to time and place and has no role to play in Eternity.
Jesus counsels us to seek first the Kingdom of God, and His righteousness, and all our temporal needs will be provided (Mt. 6:33). This will inevitably include bodily health, because seeking first the Kingdom will bring us first to right mindedness, and ultimately, to One-Mindedness, which is Christ-Mindedness.
It is a characteristic of wrong (ego) thinking that we have these things the wrong way round (this is the nature of the beast — to keep us confused about the nature of our reality). The world’s leaders are seeking to solve the outward problems of the world by outward means, perceiving that if that can be achieved, utopia (or the Kingdom of Heaven) can be ours. But, as we have seen throughout history, wrong-thinking minds simply keep projecting further outward problems, because they are fear driven, rather than love motivated and empowered.
However, as we move more and more into right mindedness, as is now beginning to be observed to happen — if we look in the right way, namely, with our true, Christ vision — so will the healing of our minds back toward one-mindedness bring about a dispelling of all the world’s ego-made problems. This will have happened completely by the end of the third measure of meal, when the real world, or Kingdom of Heaven on Earth, will be fully established, ego fully dispelled.
Finally, the physical universe will cease to exist in our restored-to-the-oneness-of-Christ-Mind-knowing and we are received by Papa into the Eternity of Heaven. It will cease to exist because the only place it has ever had any apparent reality is in the split-off, ego part of our mind, and that will have been completely re-unified into Christ Mind.
How, in the meantime then, can we apply this right-mindedness to the issues of bodily and indeed, worldly, wellbeing? The answer is already given, by Jesus, two thousand years ago: Seek first the Kingdom. Does the Kingdom include greed, or fear, or guilt, or selfishness, or hate, or attack, or separation? Do we want any of those hellish qualities? Only we can choose which is our desire.
The Kingdom is love, peace, forgiveness, goodwill, refusing to see our brothers as our enemies, so that we can begin to see in them only the face of Christ — which is their true reality — and a reflection of our own true reality. Ego wants us to believe that is a fantasy, cloud-cuckoo-land thinking, a pipe dream for religious nuts, not for the real ‘shakers and movers’ of this world. But this is — you guessed it — a misperception, of split-off, ego-controlled wrong mindedness.
Ever-increasing numbers are starting to see that, for example, the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq cannot be won by military force, just as the war in Vietnam was unwinnable by military force. So now it is being seen that the only meaningful way toward peace is to engage sympathetically, forgivingly, and with genuine, heartfelt good will and good intent, with the minds of those who think, see, believe differently, and have been perceived as ‘the enemy.’
This can only work with goodwill (a Kingdomly quality); with a decision of the (right thinking) mind to see them not as the enemy any longer, but simply as our brothers, who happen to have a different perception of the issues over which such hatred and blood-letting has been occurring for so long (since ‘Cain and Abel’).
As has been mentioned before, our real, higher, true Self can be thought of as ‘Big Me’. Big Me is who we really are, and is referred to by Jesus as the Holy Spirit, or the Spirit of Truth, with Whom Jesus is wholly, knowingly, one. We are wholly one with the Spirit of Truth also, because we are like Jesus, and one with him in the Sonship. This is true now, and has always been, not at some indeterminate future time. This is available to us all, now, here in time and place, if we desire it.
There is an historical precedent for this, which we know as Pentecost, when the Holy Spirit was visited upon the followers of Jesus, called down upon them by Jesus 10 days after he had returned to Papa, so that they were able to speak with the inspiration, wisdom, knowledge, empowerment of the Spirit and perform miraculous healings.
That was a prophesy-in-action of what we are now entering into once more, and for evermore. If we are earnest in our desire to begin to think like Big Me, He will be with us and inspire us, until what has been perceived as a gap between Big Me and what we have believed our self to be — little — is no more. Just as was the case, temporarily, after Pentecost.
Then we will begin to see that true wisdom is not judgement but the relinquishment of judgement; that inner peace is possible only by true forgiveness, loving and blessing our brothers, even those who appear to be our enemies (just as Jesus said 2k years ago; how slow are we!!?); we will begin to have more awareness that Heaven is our home, not ego-made time and place.
But being anxious, striving for inner peace drives it away, just as being anxious for that butterfly to land on our hand drives it away. Eagerness, one-pointedness, commitment, desire are states of being, not of doing. Being is Christ-Minded, Kingdomly stuff; doing, out of impatience, anxiety, striving, is ego stuff. By committing ourself to Big Me thinking, all that is for us to do here in time that is for our restoration to right thinking (and therefore, being) will be brought to us by Big Me (we do not have to go out looking for it), if we simply allow the Process to happen, by Holy Spirit empowerment. Striving is okay if we have time and place (illusory) objectives, because time is finite, and is always running out.
If, however, we have Kingdomly objectives, then there is no deadline, for all is already accomplished — as Jesus said on the cross, ‘It is finished’ (Jn. 19:30) — and all that is required is simply to attune with that reality, instead of remaining mesmerised by ego’s ‘prestiDIGITating’ finger.
Love and blessings,
December 3rd 2008
In our time and place consciousness we doubt and fear the very existence of Big Me, but it is little me (pygmy) that does not exist. Another example of our upside-down thinking. Thanks be for the Thought-Corrector!
If we accept the existence of spirit, especially Holy Spirit, it casts doubt on the ego-mind perception that corporeal existence is real; a terminal threat to its endeavour to escape from God.
Jesus, for many, is less of a ‘problem’ to accept because at least he appeared to be here, with a body that others could see and hear and experience. Yet Jesus reminds us in ACIM that he, like the rest of us, is not a body, but like our Creator, is pure spirit; like Father, like Son. This is what he says about the Holy Spirit in ACIM C-6.1:1:
Jesus is the manifestation of the Holy Spirit, Whom he called down upon the earth after he ascended into Heaven…
This indicates that when Jesus said to Philip‘…he that hath seen me hath seen the Father…’ (Jn. 14:9) he could have included the words ‘and the Holy Spirit’ and it would also have been true.
It is clear that this manifestation of the Spirit of Truth — Jesus — was essential to the GRP, because without him, we, the fragments of the Sonship, perceiving our reality as being in a dream of bodies, would have been unable to receive, or have, awareness of the reality of our true nature as pure spirit. Jesus is very much, in that sense, our saviour, as well as our beloved, trustworthy, all-knowing brother; but there is more to his GRP than that, and this is being revealed, as he always intended, one step at a time, especially as we move further into the fulfilment phase of the three measures of meal. This is because we are so confused about our true Identity — by the false identities of littleness in which we have been hiding for so long — that we can only progress from spiritual darkness to the light one step at a time, until our vision becomes gradually re-adjusted to the true Light of Day.
The dream of time and place is all about separation, or what some refer to as ‘duality consciousness.’ In this wrong-thinking state of mind we see ourselves as many, divided; each fragment of the whole Son believing there is ‘me,’ here, and other people and objects ‘over there,’ or outside ourself. We have become so accustomed to this misperception that form (i.e. bodies, objects, ‘physical’ stuff) has caused us to lose sight of the only reality, which is content, or spirit, thought, mind. Form is concrete but content (spirit) is unbounded by form, so is perceived as abstract.
This is very difficult for a mind inculcated in form to understand, so Jesus, the manifestation of Holy Spirit, incarnated so we had a form to focus upon who could re-introduce us (back) to the reality of (spiritual) content. Hence his words to the woman of Samaria:
…the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth.(Jn. 4:23-24)
Throughout the first two measures, or phases, of the GRP, content has needed (a) form to re-present it because we could not grasp ultimate reality and truth of God and of us, His Son, without it. Jesus, our brother in form — as well, obviously, in content/spirit — walks with us on our journey back to oneness to comfort, reassure, protect, guide, enlighten, instruct us in metaphysical, mystical, spiritual reality (content).
But when he has brought us to a place of awakening where we are able to better understand the truth of our Self for ourself, he encourages us to turn within(But thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; Mt. 6:6), to become aware that Papa, God, represented for us in time and place by the Holy Spirit ‘the Voice for God’ — Big Me — is our own within, our true Self (I and my Father are one. Jn. 10:30). Since Jesus and we are all one in the Sonship, ergo are we all I AM; one with the Father Creator.
This, as our reality, is still ahead for most of us, but shrinking away from the truth (after all, these are the words of Jesus in the Bible, for those who revere the Bible as a source of spiritual truth) will not serve us well for our progress on the path Home. It will slow down, or delay, our journey. Accepting it, embracing it unto ourself, will hasten the journey’s end, collapse time and bring us into attunement (at-onement) with the Spirit of Truth (Big Me) in our own within — the only place He is to be found, because that is the only place that has any existence in the reality of Eternity, or Heaven.
None of this is said to alarm any of us into thinking we are way behind the curriculum, so will never graduate. Where we are (each of us) is where we belong for the moment, or we would not be there. It is said to present an overview, to provide a glance at the map, to see where we are headed and where we have got to on the journey. Be assured, Jesus is still with us and will be until we arrive at our destination. We can still commune with him whenever we desire. In a recent communing with him the exchange went as follows:
…I would like – LOVE – to commune with you and Papa like this every morning and evening, because it is a worthwhile discipline for my mind retraining, and writing is more conducive to focussing than just thinking in trying to order, marshal my thoughts. I know Big Me is close to me, inspiring new awareness each week(for writing the MoEs and responding to incoming messages from visitors to the HTG website).
…of course disciplining the mind, the thought processes, is very important, but ask yourself why you feel the need to have these morning and evening sessions with Papa and me. Is this for your benefit, or are you trying to prove something for your brothers? Big Me is the Voice for God, as you know. He will remind you of all you need to know and to remember, just as well as Papa and I can do. Big Me is who you really are. You can write to Big Me – it is a type of ‘Dear Diary’ process — but with no pressure on you to prove anything. The inspiration can, and will, kick in at any and every opportune moment, seamlessly.
What he is gently, lovingly (as is his wont) saying here is, his job is to lead us back to God, via our Self. He has led me over half a lifetime (and will lead any and all who ask to be led by him, but it is worth keeping in mind that Jesus and the church are not one and the same thing) and has brought me to the place where he was able to say the above and I was ready and able to receive it, understand it and accept it.
We tend to think in terms of Big Me being our ‘higher’ Self, but that is only because we are still perceiving a lower self, or little me. Little me, though, does not exist other than in time and place, so Big Me is not actually our Higher Self, but simply our only true Self.
It is worth repeating that Jesus will never abandon us and leave us to our own devices, to muddle through, floundering around trying to get this communing with Self (Big Me) idea into our head, and into a working practise. He is and will be there for us for as long as we need, desire, value, benefit from his loving, infinitely patient help, because that is the kind of being he is; that is what love is, and he, assuredly, is love.
Here’s to stick-at-it-iveness!
December 10th 2008
Ego is always seeking to devise a smokescreen against truth, so even when it cannot always completely hide the truth, it can distort our understanding of it by putting its slant on it, which can so easily deceive us because we have forgotten who we are. The ego slant is nowhere better demonstrated than with Jesus.
Since blotting him out of history completely would be difficult (well, impossible actually, because the GRP required, and therefore saw to it, that he be remembered, at least throughout the second, or ‘Jesus,’* measure of meal, by calling down the Holy Spirit upon his followers at Pentecost), ego uses a simpler ploy: it allows us to perceive Jesus as the spiritual Lord; even to see him as the Son of God, but then bends the story to accommodate the ego party line by stating that he is the one and only Son, thus enabling the lie that the rest of us are not; that rather, we are sinners, unworthy of God’s love.
Having established the misperception, based on it being partly true (i.e. that there was an historical man named Jesus, who performed miracles and rose from the dead, as he had predicted) ego then further distorts the picture by stating that Jesus will return to judge us for our sins, even though he is quoted in the scriptures as unequivocally stating that he has not come to judge the world, but to save it (Jn. 12:47).
We have difficulty separating the grains of eternal truth from the chaff of ego’s distortions because, as indicated above, we have forgotten who we are. Who we really are is the all-knowing, eternal, guiltless, one Son of God. Instead, in this ego-dream world we have made, we have chosen to believe the lie of littleness, mortality, guilt and fear. Hence Jesus’ words from chapter 31 of the Text of ACIM:
There is no statement that the world is more afraid to hear than this:
Yet in this learning is salvation born. And What you are will tell you of Itself.
It could be said that this is an unlearning, because most of us are fearful of letting down our guard to our fellows with such a statement. Rather, ego would have us present a mask of ourself to the world as knowing who/what we are, what we are doing, where we are going, and that we have got the world under our control; that it is our oyster and we are about to retrieve from it a pearl of great price. The idea that others might see through that mask to the cowering, quivering, lost, fearful wretch so many of us see ourself as being, is anathema to us.
Though, as he says, ‘in this learning is salvation born’ because, if we are able to allow ourself the truth of such a statement, we are finally surrendering our ego-leasehold on our life, thus opening the way for ‘What we are to tell us of Itself’, because What we really are is, as one with Jesus, the all-knowing Christ, who has perfected and completed the awakening process to rescue us from the dream of separation and littleness, so we may be re-joined with him as one in the Sonship.
He goes on to say:
You see the flesh or recognize the spirit. There is no compromise between the two. If one is real the other must be false, for what is real denies its opposite.(In a self-deceiving world of so-called ‘political correctness’ where saying it as it appears to be is increasingly verboten, Jesus has no such concerns about telling it the way it is. What a breath of fresh air!) There is no choice in vision but this one. What you decide in this determines all you see and think is real and hold as true. On this one choice does all your world depend, for here have you established what you are, as flesh or spirit in your own belief.
If you choose flesh, you never will escape the body as your own reality, for you have chosen that you want it so(‘never’ is to be understood within the context that we are always free to choose anew. So, if we are not ready to choose spirit in this act, we will have another, and another, and yet more acts within which to change our mind. This will inevitably happen eventually because that is our ultimate reality, and as the Kingdom measure* unfolds in the coming generations and centuries, so will more and more awakening continue, on an exponential basis, thus making it more and more possible for all to choose spirit, as the real world increasingly takes over from the ego world of judgement, guilt and fear).
But choose the spirit, and all Heaven bends to touch your eyes and bless your holy sight, that you may see the world of flesh no more except to heal and comfort and to bless. (This is the ‘real world’. For explanation of this, please see the November 26th 2008 MoE.)
Salvation is undoing. If you choose to see the body, you behold a world of separation, unrelated things, and happenings that make no sense at all. This one appears and disappears in death; that one is doomed to suffering and loss. And no one is exactly as he was an instant previous, nor will he be the same as he is now an instant hence.
Who could have trust where so much change is seen, for who is worthy if he be but dust? Salvation is undoing of all this. For constancy arises in the sight of those whose eyes salvation has released from looking at the cost of keeping guilt, because they chose to let it go instead(it is worth keeping in mind that it is guilt that keeps us in ‘littleness’. This is demonstrably true because if we had no unconscious guilt we would be innocent, which is what Jesus is and we all actually are, and would see, if only we could believe).
Salvation does not ask that you behold the spirit and perceive the body not(this takes the pressure off!). It merely asks that this should be your choice. For you can see the body without help, but do not understand how to behold a world apart from it (that is Big Me’s job, which He takes on for us when we ask Him to help). It is your (ego) world salvation will undo, and let you see another world your eyes could never find (the real world, which will bring us to the final step, which Papa takes for us, Home). Be not concerned how this could ever be. You do not understand how what you see arose to meet your sight. For if you did, it would be gone (and will be gone as we awaken and remember the truth of Who we are).
The veil of ignorance is drawn across the evil and the good, and must be passed that both may disappear, so that perception finds no hiding place(when perception gives way to our true, spiritual vision we can see beyond the veil and know the absolute truth of Eternity. Knowledge is absolute, whereas good and evil are relative and can only appear to exist in the relative world of time and place). How is this done? It is not done at all. What could there be within the universe that God created that must still be done? (Who can argue with that!?)
Only in arrogance could you conceive that you must make the way to Heaven plain(herein is a classic case of ego turning the truth upside down, causing us to believe that we have to ‘do’ things to bring the Kingdom into our reality. The Kingdom is already our reality; all that is required of us is to be accepting of this truth. We can only ‘be’ accepting; we cannot ‘do’ accepting).
The means are given you by which to see the world that will replace the one you made (the leap of faith we must take to accept this as true will take us to the very gate of Heaven, right here, right now, in time and place. This is a mystical experience of our own within, not the without, though as we progress from there, under Big Me guidance, we will begin to experience its manifesting from our within into the without).
Your will be done! In Heaven as on earth this is forever true. It matters not where you believe you are, nor what you think the truth about yourself must really be. It makes no difference what you look upon, nor what you choose to feel or think or wish. For God Himself has said, “Your will be done.” And it is done to you accordingly.(This is telling us that if we choose spirit, we awaken to the reality that we are Papa’s Son, and our will is one with His, as was the case with Jesus; but if we choose ‘flesh’, we have chosen littleness, which is guilt, which brings fear, which cannot but engender dis-ease.)
You who believe that you can choose to see the Son of God as you would have him be, forget not that no concept of yourself(i.e. littleness) will stand against the truth of what you are. Undoing truth would be impossible. But concepts are not difficult to change. One vision, clearly seen, that does not fit the picture as it was perceived before will change the world for eyes that learn to see, because the concept of the self has changed (from pygmy to Big Me, from fear to love).
Are you invulnerable? Then the world is harmless in your sight. Do you forgive? Then is the world forgiving, for you have forgiven it its trespasses, and so it looks on you with eyes that see as yours. Are you a body? So is all the world perceived as treacherous, and out to kill. Are you a spirit, deathless, and without the promise of corruption and the stain of sin upon you? So the world is seen as stable, fully worthy of your trust; a happy place to rest in for a while, where nothing need be feared, but only loved(this is the ‘real world’, the Kingdom of Heaven on Earth). Who is unwelcome to the kind in heart? And what could hurt the truly innocent?
Your will be done, you holy child of God. It does not matter if you think you are in earth or Heaven. What your Father wills of you can never change. The truth in you remains as radiant as a star, as pure as light, as innocent as love itself. And you are worthy that your will be done!
(ACIM, ch. 31, part of section V and all of VI. My emboldening and some italics, for emphasis.)
Assuredly, if we can accept and receive these words into our understanding, into our very being, we are within the Kingdom, and can begin to extend it, not just radiate but laser its light out into the darkness around us, dispelling that darkness, and thus, the world of guilt, hate, fear, dis-ease, death and destruction, until once again we are one.
A toast to the real world!
* For an explanation of the three measures of meal, please see SFGS chapter 10.
December 17th 2008
As we move more deeply into the fulfilment, or final, phase of the three measures of meal, so will grow, at an exponential rate, the increasing awareness, remembrance, realisation amongst us that Big Me, or ‘Self,’ is who we are. It is a realisation that we do not have to struggle, strive, fight for release from the limitations of time and place, because freedom is already ours, with us, and always has been. There is nothing to do but simply accept that reality and allow it to enfold us, well up, be-come, unfold, outflow from within us.
To remember that, it is necessary to remind ourself of Self being who we are. This is mind retraining. With resolute mind retraining comes wholeness/holiness, the dispelling of ego/littleness; the emergence of I am as our one and only Identity. Keep on keeping on, in sure and certain knowing that this is who we are – not just wish or desire to be. It is highly serviceable, if we truly and deeply desire this, to constantly remind ourself, daily, hourly, with thoughts such as:
There are no limitations, because all there is is already mine, because Papa has given it to me at my creation. He has never taken it from me. I dreamt I threw it away, but that was never more than a dream. And now, with the unfailing help of my beloved brother Jesus, I am waking from the dream, walking with him in joyous fellowship, back to Papa, knowing beyond all doubt that He is our Home.
So I say to You, beloved Papa, “I am Your beloved Son. All that is Yours, You have given me, and it has always been, still now is, and always will be, my rightful inheritance from You. All appearances to the contrary are simply that – appearances; nothing. I choose now to accept and espouse everything once more and rejoice in the fullness of Your true creation, which has no end and is with me always. For all that, I give thanks eternally and rest in You now.”
In recent months I have come to realise that Big Me is, along with all the fragments of the Sonship, completely my true Self, the only real me, and that little me is nothing; a dream, an illusion. So in a sense, thinking in terms of my true Self as Big Me, implies there must be a little me, and this is, in a subtle way, perpetuating the mis-perception of the duality of separation. I had thought that changing ‘Big Me’ to ‘Real Me’ would correct this, but now realise that still allows for ‘unreal me.’ That is a step in the right direction but not yet all the way to eliminating the sense of the illusory me; the persona. In a recent communing (as included in the November 19th MoE) Papa counsels the use of that persona – Brian – to help others awaken from the dream. Here is what was said:
I know you (all of us) desire to return wholly to Me above all things. To do this you must return wholly unto your Self, or ‘Big Me,’ as you have rightly observed. Jesus was wholly in Me because he was wholly Self – I AM. You are ‘I AM’ also. All the fragments of My Son also are, indivisibly, ‘I AM.’ They say to themselves ‘I am Brian,’ or ‘I am Theresa,’ or ‘I am John,’ or ‘I am Mary.’ Each time they make such pronouncement, there is one word too many. For ‘I AM’ is Who they are. The rest is made up, illusion. Do you wish to be made up?
No, I don’t, Papa; I wish to be real.
Keep on, then, reminding yourself, ‘Big Me’ is good, because it focuses entirely on your ‘otherness,’ your ‘realness,’ your ‘I AM-ness.’ There is no other you than ‘Big Me.’ You have no other name, no other being, no other identity. To perceive such is a distraction, a diversion away from the truth of Who you ARE.
But while I seem to be in, or with, a body, my brothers will see me as Brian…
Let that serve its purpose then, that you may use that illusion to bring your brothers to the truth of Who you are, that they may be re-minded of Who they all are. This illusory self can be restored to oneness, and thus disappear back into Me, whole and holy, forever. It has a purpose only in time, never in Eternity.
Welcome Home, My beloved. The banquet awaits.
Thank you, beloved Papa. You know how much I enjoy a feast!
Jesus did that, but his Jesus persona was completely at-one with Self. That, then, is possible, and can become the objective for the rest of us. Then, also like him, that ‘unified’ or ‘re-unified’ persona will have Kingdom of Heaven awareness fully, all the time. Miracles are – and will become for us - a natural, outflowing radiance of whole/holy being toward all living beings as a result of wholeness/holiness, love, BLASERing. Miracles undo misperceptions of littleness, and so they are a state of creativeness in that they restore to the oneness of being – wholeness/holiness – that is the true estate of all life; oneness in resonance with Papa, the Universal Life Force; the Source of all Being.
Then, when the Kingdomly objectives of our re-unified persona/being/Self have been fulfilled in time and place, it will be subsumed back into the oneness of the Sonship, back into Papa, and cease to have a manifest presence in time and place, just as happened 2000 years ago with Jesus. At present the persona is still perceiving itself as individual, separate, alone, with others ‘out there.’ That is the illusion. But mind re-training, by mind-to-Mind communing (mtMc) with Big Me, Real Self, gradually alters the perspective and (little) self becomes ever more identified with Real Self, Big Me; and little self becomes less and less the focal point of awareness, until persona is seen simply as a tool - an instrument at the service of Christ Mind, like Jesus the man - and not the real being.
To assist in understanding this, one could use the analogy of the hour-glass. Imagine we are in the form of an hour-glass, with the lower part being our little self or persona and the upper part being Big Me or Self, and the sand is our mind. Our mind is fully pre-occupied down in the lower part, engaged at the Earth level of consciousness, under ego control, going nowhere. But Self is right there ‘above’ us, yet inextricably, indivisibly connected to us. It is but a matter of time before some thoughts of eternal reality filter down and cause a new awareness of something ‘beyond’, so that little me begins to ponder higher things from time to time.
We now have to bring to the analogy that in time and place our thinking is upside down; so with Self, functioning from Eternity, where gravity does not exist and there is no downward pull, rising up is as easy as floating down. That means that elevated thoughts will draw our mind upwards, and a few grains of sand (part of our mind) actually rise into the upper part of the hour-glass, as those higher thoughts filter through, to start to correct our thinking. This is the beginning of the waking process.
Further thoughts from our Higher Mind continue to filter down and if we are open to them, will come to our awareness more readily. This is happening now because we are now in the time prophesied by Joel 22 centuries ago:
And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions (Joel 2:28).
That outpouring is cosmic, universal, unavoidable, and even for those of us who choose to ignore it, some of that spirit of truth is filtering down to the denser layers of mind. And though to Earth awareness it seems imperceptible - because such awareness is focussed horizontally, so misses the vertical waveband activity at the much higher frequency - it still affects us because it is a signal from the Home we dreamt we left, calling us softly, lovingly, gently to return.
Without the influence of gravity, each time the outpouring of spirit – which can manifest from any source; a book, a friend, an article, musing, dreaming – finds its way to the surface of our thinking, a few more grains of sand rise up to (re)join with Self. The more grains that rise up, the more influence of magnetic attraction they have on those still down below, and so they rise also, until there are sufficient aspects to our thoughts functioning from Self as to become the main focal point of our thoughts, desires, aspirations.
That can only lead to the inevitable: our entire mind functioning as, from, Self, with no ego-mind, upside-down thoughts left to impede our journey Home. This is how it was for Jesus when he said:the prince of this world (ego, in the form of Judas and the temple guard, coming to arrest him) cometh, and hath nothing in me (Jn. 14:30). This also will be how it becomes for us, at the appointed time for each fragment to rejoin the oneness, during this, the Aquarian age, the third measure of meal. Then we will all be, once more, of one mind; fully awake to the reality of our destiny and inheritance in the Kingdom. The lower part of the hour-glass will have no further function and will cease to exist. Its home to ego will be over and ego will have nothing in us. Time and place, ego’s only refuge will be gone forever.
Peace, joy, love,
December 24th 2008
Now is the moment when we, who have been seeing ourselves as many, are awakening to the remembrance that we are the one Son of our creator; God, Papa, our Heavenly Father. Any perceptions we may still harbour of being separate individuals, make no difference. The Sonship has been perceiving itself as fragmented, but the GRP is a healing, restoring-to-one-ness process, in which all the fragments are becoming re-unified in our true estate of oneness.
In Jesus’ parable of the prodigal son, after the son has taken himself off into a far country and ended up in (spiritual) penury, Jesus says ‘And when he came to himself…’ he decided to return to his father’s house. And Papa is waiting, with infinite patience, yet eagerly, for our return to Him. He knows we have never left Him, but we have forgotten, so it is a ‘journey of remembrance.’ This is also sometimes referred to as a ‘journey without distance.’ It definitively began 4000 years ago, at commencement of the first phase of the GRP, and is now well under way in its fulfilment phase.
‘…came to himself’ should be, more accurately, as implied by the parable, ‘came to himSelf.’ The implications of this are so much more meaningful. Truly, as we move into the fulfilment phase, we are ‘coming to our Self,’ or Big Me, or Real Self, or the Spirit of Truth. It is this understanding that gives the journey its real meaning and purpose. When Jesus said ‘I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me’ (Jn. 14:6), he was speaking as Self, and the words are absolutely true in that sense. Jesus was the manifestation of the Holy Spirit (ACIM:C-6:1.1) — Self — wholly Identified with It/Him. To apply the words to Jesus the man (keeping in mind that God’s Son is not a body) is a form of idolatry, because it is attaching importance to an image, a form. But, seeing past the form to the content, the real source of the words, we can realise that the Source is Big Me — not big someone else, someone outside ‘me,’ which would be perpetuating the ego theme of duality.
Such a thought would be perceived as an apostasy, a heresy, from within ‘second measure’ thinking, or orthodox Christianity, but Jesus’ Great Rescue Programme for us, the fragments of the Sonship, is a progressive, phase by phase, unfolding process of sequential thought pattern; a necessity to bring us from completely upside-down thinking to right-side up thinking, which deep-forgetfulness-man would have been unable to cope with in only one phase, or measure of meal. The third measure revelation, or unfoldment, moves forward from the second measure perception, toward the leavening of the whole, as stated in his parable. Rather than dishonouring Jesus, the Christ-man, it honours him absolutely as the messenger of the Holy One for our restoration, redemption, healing, return to oneness, from duality.
Duality is split, or double vision — our bodily sight — and comes about as a result of believing, and therefore perceiving, images outside our Self. Of true sight, or spiritual vision, or singleness of vision, (i.e. the true vision of Self) Jesus says,The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light (enlightenment) (Mt. 6:22). But of double, flawed, faulty, ‘evil’ sight, i.e. the split perception of the bodily, or littleness sight, he says: But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. (Mt. 6:23).
He saw past the form, or images, of his fellows; past the apparent frailties of littleness, of ego-driven contrariness, grievances, judgementalism, to the real Self within each fragment of the Sonship. He refused to judge those appearances because he saw past them to the true Self within them all. He knew Who they/we all really were/are: one, with him.
When we choose to stop perceiving images outside our Self we will bring to an end time and place, the illusion of the separation consciousness; the consciousness of fear. Jesus did this 2000 years ago, and the things he did, we will do also, and greater things, if only we can believe (Jn. 14:12), if only our vision can be switched from the flawed sight of our bodily perception to the perfect, ’20-20’ vision of our true, real, eternal, perfect, innocent (sinless), guiltless Self. As he says in chapter 31 of ACIM:Salvation does not ask that you behold the spirit and perceive the body not. It merely asks that this should be your choice.
Seeing ourself as a body is like saying ‘the sun is rising.’ It is an ego-centric misperception. We are looking at the situation from entirely the wrong perspective; the perspective of time and place, instead of the true perspective — Eternity. We are uncontainable, limitless, eternal. Perceiving time and place — and therefore, perishable, frail bodies — is a feeble, fundamentally flawed attempt to contain and limit the illimitable. As soon as we realise that, the lid comes off the container; the stopper comes off the genie bottle. We begin to become aware that there are no limitations or constraints. This is because our eyes (true vision) begin to open to the truth that linear time (and place) is actually not a constraint upon us, just as they were not a constraint upon Jesus in the long ago.
There is a much overlooked scripture reference to this in John, chapter 6. There, it describes how the disciples were rowing across the Sea of Galilee toward Capernaum in a strong, contrary wind, having left Jesus on the shore from which they had departed some hours earlier. They had gone about three and a half miles (5.5 kms) — somewhat less than half way, and it had already taken them hours — when they saw Jesus walking toward them on the water. When they realised it was him, they welcomed him into the boat. Verse 21 then says:and immediately the ship was at the land whither they went.
This tells us that what would have taken many more hours of much hard rowing, for those who misperceived time and place — or distance — as a constraint, was instantly past, thus demonstrating that the so-called laws of time and place are illusory, and exercise only as much constraint over us as we choose to ascribe to them. The record does not indicate the degree of astonishment of the disciples, but one can be sure that it would have been about as great as their astonishment at his calming of the tempest that threatened to capsize the boat and drown them all.
So, when our true vision is restored to us (by Self, in response to our willingness for it to be ours once more), we can look down upon our corporeal, little self from above and say, having remembered,
‘That is not who I am. I am Papa’s beloved Son, just as He created me — like HimSelf; free, limitless, eternal, guiltless. Would He have placed me inside this constraining pile of illusory dust, to start out entirely in forgetfulness, separate, to grow old, and feeble, and die? I am created like Him, yet there is nothing like Him in that, so it is not possible that He could have placed me here.
‘There can be only one other who could have done that, and that is the illusory me. I must have done this to myself in a moment of madness. However, if I did this to me, I must be able to undo it. In order for that to happen, I have to start seeing my Self as I truly am — again — and not from this upside-down, back-to-front, littleness perspective. All the while I am doing that it will appear as if that is who I am, when now, at last, I can begin to glimpse that it is not so at all.
'I must simply start, and having started, continue, to adjust my perspective and look upon my Self from my Self, with my own true vision, not with a mind that misbelieves and therefore misperceives, what is really not actually there at all!’
We have been misbelieving, and therefore misperceiving for so long that we have convinced ourself that we are something that we are not. Now it will take us some time to adjust our vision back to our true perspective.
As we begin to waken and move into the light of remembrance, so does it become easier and yet easier to discern — and accept — the truth, the actuality, of our real Self and of Papa’s creation. In the spiritual darkness of the Earth consciousness, it is difficult to see clearly; easy to believe in phantasms. In the gloom things appear complicated, convoluted, and we wander about as if in a maze (and in amazement). But one was born into the darkness to show us the light, to be the light, and to remind us that we also are that light, but have been hiding it under a bushel.Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. (Mt. 5:14-15). Now is the time to bring out and dust off those candlesticks, that, together, we might lighten — illuminate — the world.
This Christmas give the Holy Spirit (the gift of)everything that would hurt you. Let yourself be healed completely that you may join with Him in healing, and let us celebrate our release together by releasing everyone with us. Leave nothing behind, for release is total, and when you have accepted it with me you will give it with me. All pain and sacrifice and littleness will disappear in our relationship, which is as innocent as our relationship with our Father, and as powerful. Pain will be brought to us and disappear in our presence, and without pain there can be no sacrifice. And without sacrifice there love must be. (ACIM T-15:XI.3)
May this Christmas be a moment of blessed, illusion-unencumbered wholeness (holiness) and illumination for us all,
December 31st 2008
In recent weeks terms such as ‘Big Me’, ‘Real Me’, ‘Self’, and ‘I Am’ have been used to describe our higher, eternal reality, and I feel prompted to offer further clarification on use of these terms.
The real issue here is duality versus non-duality. Duality is the separation consciousness of ego mind, which perceives other than oneness — i.e. the apparent fragmentation of the Sonship into littleness as mortal bodies — and also opposites: good/evil, light/dark, male/female, etc. Another term for duality, it could be said, is idolatry, because, according to ACIM, bodies (and all else within the separation consciousness) are made by us rather than created by the Creator. It hardly needs mentioning how bodies, mountains, statues — and practically anything else within the separation — are worshipped, or idolised.
Non-duality is the truth, or Spiritual Knowing of the oneness of Eternity, as in the Christ Mind (which is identical to the God Mind, because Papa gave His Son everything when He created Him). This all-knowing engenders unconditional love because all-knowledge is aware that love is all there is. Non-duality knows there can be no opposite of all that is except nothing, and this is why time and place (t&p) — the apparent opposite of Eternity — does not, cannot, exist, other than as fantasy, which is not real.
In duality consciousness there appears to be t&p, making it impossible because it would be — if it were real — the antithesis of Eternity, or all that is. T&p is therefore also absence of Spiritual Knowing, which is Light (as in en-Light-enment); therefore t&p is also an absence of Light, which is darkness. This is explained by Jesus in ACIM as why bodies have sensory perception, or consciousness, which, including our bodily eyesight, is distinct from true Vision, which is seeing the truth of Eternity and therefore, knowing it. As he says in Workbook lesson 35:
You will believe that you are part of where you think you are. That is because you surround yourself with the environment you want. And you want it to protect the image of yourself that you have made. The image is part of this environment. What you see while you believe you are in it is seen through the eyes of the image (body). This is not vision. Images cannot see (i.e. have true, spiritual vision).
Littleness, or persona (Brian, Theresa, John, Mary etc.), or individuality, or separation consciousness, or fragmentation, has believed t&p to be reality since the beginning of the dream of separation. This makes going from that (mis)perception to ultimate, eternal reality in one exercise a tall order, or big stretch. So the Spirit of Truth, or Holy Spirit, corrects our thinking by stages; one step at a time. We have thought of ourselves as ‘little me’ (limited, finite, mortal etc.) for so long (in linear-time terms), that it will be highly serviceable to our step-by-step awakening to be aware that we are not actually ‘little me’, but instead, are ‘Big Me’.
That takes us a very big step toward correcting our thinking from wrong to right. But then we begin to realise that there is still duality implied in the term ‘Big Me’ because if we recognise that there is a Big Me, there must, by implication, be a little me, otherwise Big could not be a meaningful term, and ultimately, the objective is to dispel the misperception of there being a little me. This also applies to Real Me, implying acceptance that there is an ‘unreal me’, thus perpetuating duality.
‘Self’, with an initial capital, and ‘I Am’ do not imply alternatives, so are non-dualistic, and are therefore terms applicable to our true nature as the one Son of the Father Creator. However, ‘I Am’ will become dualistic if used in conjunction with a term that is part of the illusion of t&p, such as ‘I Am Brian,’ or ‘I Am depressed,’ or ‘I Am 64,’ or ‘I Am hungry,’ or ‘I Am poor/ill/in debt/fat/thin/British/an accountant,’ etc.
Yet, used in conjunction with terms connected to or implying a Kingdomly quality — such as ‘I Am happy/the innocent, eternal Son of the Heavenly Father/forgiven/blessed/choosing to see past the illusions of littleness and truly forgive myself and my brethren in the Sonship for what in truth has never happened, so that I can be restored to the reality of eternal oneness in Papa,’ etc. — ‘I Am’ is then very much non-duality terminology.
However, because we still appear to be in t&p, with unresolved issues, karma, true forgiveness to outwork, and we are not yet fully awake to the truth of Who we really are, we still are functioning, illusorily speaking, from the little me perspective, at least part, or most, of the time. We have to gradually become accustomed to perceiving — and ultimately seeing, with true, single, spiritual vision — ourself as Self, I Am, the eternal, living, innocent, whole/holy one Son of Papa, just as he was created, and will forever, unchangeably, remain. That can only happen when we choose, steadfastly, to look past the illusion of littleness in our brother, and see in him only the face of Christ, a true reflection of the Christ in our Self.
But we can only move to that place of seeing, thinking, being, one step at a time. This means that, just as we think and speak of Jesus as a ‘separate’, yet entirely trustworthy and fully God/Christ empowered being, who can and will help us when we ask him — and because we are, for the moment, comfortable with that — we can similarly become comfortable with the idea of a ‘Higher’, or ‘Big’ Self, or Big Me, as a phase, or stepping stone, on our journey back to full wakefulness.
During the transition period of correction from wrong thinking to right thinking, there will be moments in which, for example, we find it helpful to engage with ‘Big Me’ in a similar manner to that in which we engage with Jesus, and can, in our apparent state of seeming littleness, ask Big Me for help and guidance, and thank ‘Him’ for being always with us. At other moments, we will feel that we are able to think from the perspective of ‘Self’, ‘I Am’, and that will serve as an indicator that we truly are moving into the place of remembrance of Who we really are. In other words, addressing one’s ‘Self’ instead of ‘Big Me’ is seeing from the true place of oneness, or non-duality, instead of from the illusory place of ‘little me’ toward Big Me, which is a perpetuation of duality.
As Jesus reminds us, as part of our mind re-training exercises, in Lesson 35 of the ACIM Workbook for Students,‘My mind is part of God’s. I am very holy.’ Such mind re-training thoughts as this are massive steps in undoing ego’s hold over our mind, and ego will fight very hard to keep us from engaging thusly. Here, good old one-pointed, steadfast FTOC comes in very useful. As Jesus says in the Epilogue, at the end of ACIM:
Forget not (that) once this journey is begun the end is certain. Doubt along the way will come and go and go to come again (we all know that song, but it does not mean we should give up. If we do, we are opting for another circuit on the carousel). Yet is the ending sure. No one can fail to do what God appointed him to do. When you forget, remember that you walk with Him and with His Word upon your heart (being unaware of that does not make it untrue, and this is thoroughly established through the pages of ACIM, the objective of which is to help us remember). Who could despair when Hope like this is His? (Who, indeed?)
Illusions of despair may seem to come, but learn how not to be deceived by them. Behind each one there is reality and there is God. Why would you wait for this and trade it for illusions, when His Love is but an instant farther on the road where all illusions end? The end is sure and guaranteed by God (if this is a statement of unalterable truth by Jesus, our unfailing Guide to Eternity, can it be anything other than a form of madness to allow ourselves to believe, or be persuaded, otherwise?). Who stands before a lifeless image when a step away the Holy of the Holies opens up an ancient door that leads beyond the world? (What are we waiting for?)
You are a stranger here (in t&p). But you belong to Him Who loves you as He loves Himself (yet ego would have us believe we are unworthy of Papa’s unconditional love; that we are guilty, and therefore, fearful of a wrathful God who is out to punish us. It is time to dispel this lie that chains us to littleness and keeps us from restoration to our inheritance). Ask but my help to roll the stone away, and it is done according to His Will. We have begun the journey. Long ago the end was written in the stars and set into the Heavens with a shining Ray that held it safe within eternity and through all time as well. And holds it still; unchanged, unchanging and unchangeable.
Be not afraid. We only start again an ancient journey long ago begun that but seems new. We have begun again upon a road we travelled on before and lost our way a little while. And now we try again. Our new beginning has the certainty the journey lacked till now (but now, with Jesus — empowered with all authority in Heaven and Earth — in charge of the infallible Great Rescue Programme, our resto